o .eg an Jo of En1tomol0lD' - Norsk entomologisk forening

2 

o .eg an Jo 

OL2 

of En1tomol0lD'

Fauna norvegica Ser. B 

Norwegian Journal of Entomology 

Norsk Entomologisk Forenings tidsskrift 

Appears with one volume (two issues) annually 

Utkommer med to hefter pr. if. 

Editor-in-Chief (Ansvarlig redaktor) 

Ole A. S

Carabidae and Staphylinidae (Col.) in swede and 

cauliflower fields in south-eastern Norway 

ARILD ANDERSEN 

Andersen. A. Carabidae and Staphylinidae (Col.) in swede and cauliflower fields in southeastern 

Norway. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 29, 49-61. 

During May-Oct. 1975 -81 about 20 000 carabids and 48 000 staphylinids were caught in 

12 swede and cauliflower fields at Jel0Y (sand and gravel, moraine), As (clay) and Ski (clayish 

moraine). Carabids were most numerous in May-June (spring breeders) and Aug. (autumn 

breeders), while staphylinids were most numerous in May-July. The activity density 

for each species caught in each field is given, as well as the time for itS maximum activity. 

The three localities had a quite similar fauna, the S0rensen index of similarity for carabids 

being 44 for Jel0y-Ski, 62 for JeI0Y-As and 86 for As-Ski. Among the 10 most numerous 

carabid species at each of the three localities, the following six were in common: Bembidion 

/ampros (Herbst), Ca/athus me/anocepha/us (L.), Bembidion quadrimacu/atum (L.), 

Trechus quadristriatus (Schrank), Harpa/us rufipes (Degeer) and Clivina fossor (L) The 

same holds for the following seven staphylinid species: A/oconota gregaria (Erichson), Amischa 

analis (Gravenhorst>, A/eochara bipustu/ata (L.,), Atheta fungi (Gravenhorst>, Anoty/us 

rugosus (Fabricius), Tachyporus hypnorum (Fabricius) and T. chrysomelinus (L) 

The eight most numerous carabid and staphylinid species are discussed separately. Their 

seasonal changes during May-Ocr.nlJer are given in histograms and comments are given on 

their reproduction cyclus. 

Arild Andersen, Norwegian Plant Protection Institute, N-1432 As-NLH, Norway. 

INTRODUCfION 

The carabids of common European crops have 

been quite thoroughly investigated (Thiele 

1977). This is mainly due to their value as predators 

of several pest species. The staphylinids are 

less investigated, both because of their difficult 

taxonomy and because tbeir importance as pre 

dators may be f90re doubtful (Geiler 1959/60, 

Pietraszko & Oercq 1978, Topp & Trittelvitz 

t980). 

The purpose of the present investigation was 

to collect information about the fauna of these 

beetles in some Norwegian fields as this was not 

previously done. It is part of a project evaluating 

the importance ofthe natural enemies ofthe tur 

nip root fly Delia floralis (Fallen), a serious pest 

in several cruciferous crops. 

Parts of the fields were treated with different 

insecticides. A discussion of the effects of the in 

t· secticide treatments on the beetles will, how 

ever, be given in a separate article. 

LOCALITIES 

The fields were located at Jel0Y (near Moss) in 

0stfold county and As and Ski in Akershus county, 

all areas lying 25 - 50 km south of Oslo. 

The trapping was done atJel0Y in 1975 - 81 (except 

in 1977), at As in 1978- 81 and at Ski in 

1979-80. 

At Jel0Y the soil consisted of sand and gravel 

(moraine). This farm was situated close to the 

sea and the experimental field was each year a 

0.6 ha swede field surrounded by potatoes, barley, 

meadow, gravel roads and mixed forests. 

Weeds were removed mechanically and by 

hand in June, but some occurred in late sum 

mer, especially Stellaria media (L.) and Chenopodium 

album L. The experimental fields, one 

each year, were situated in different parts of the 

farm, not more than 500 meters apart, the pre 

vious crop being either barley or meadow (not 

treated with insecticides). From 1978 on, the 

area was irrigated. Most of the field was treated 

with granules ofeither trichloronate, isofenphos 

or chlorfenvinphos at sowing in late May against 

root flies, but a small part ofabout 400 m2 

each year was kept untreated. This farm by the 

~ea had a yearly mean temperature of 6.8°C, 

.. 3° higher than the other two localities, lying 

:tbout 10 km in from the sea. 

At As the soil consisted of clay. The experimental 

field was each year a 4 ha swede field 

'urrounded by meadow, turnips, roads and 

Fauna norv. Ser. B 29.. 49-61. Oslo 1982. 49

spruce forest. Weeds were removed mechanically 

and by hand in June, but in late summer, 

especially cruciferous weeds, Elytrigia repens 

(L.) and Matricaria inodora L. were abundant. 

As at Jel0Y the experimental fields, one each 

year, were situated in different parts of the farm 

not more than 500 meters apart, except for the 

field in 1981, which was 1500 meters away 

from the other three. The previous crops had always 

been 2 years of meadow not treated with 

insecticides. Manure was used all years and at 

least one forth of the field was treated with 

granules of isofenphos or chlorfenvinphos at 

sowing in May against root flies. In addition 

fenitrothion was sprayed against flea beetles in 

May 1978 and 1979. 

At Ski the soil consisted of clayish moraine. 

This experimental field was a 3 ha cauliflower 

field surrounded by barley, gravel roads and 

mixed forest. It was irrigated, and very little 

weeds occurred because of herbicide treatment. 

Half the field was sprayed with permethrin and 

half with bromophos against caterpillars, and in 

addition some parts along the edge were 

sprayed with fenitrothion against bugs. The soil 

used for growing the seedlings had been treated 

with isofenphos against root flies. The field had 

Leen used for cauliflower several years with 

heavy use of insecticides. 

MATERIAL AND METHODS 

Pitfall traps were used, consisting of two 95 mm 

deep plastic cups one inside the other and with 

an upper diameter of 66 mm. The cups were 

dug flush with the soil in a plant row and the 

inner cup was equipped with a handle. The trap 

was filled with 4% formalin and a little liquid 

detergent and protected from rain and birds by a 

10 x 10 cm huntonite plate about 5 cm above 

the ground, supported by wire hoops. They 

were put up in early May to early June and taken 

down late Aug. to early Oct. About once a 

week the traps were emptied, and then only the 

inner cup was removed, leaving the other one to 

keep the soil in place. The number of traps varied 

between the fields, but normally about 50 

were used per field. Traps were put up in straight 

lines, 5- 25 meters apart, depending upon 

the size of the field, The trapping period in each 

of the 12 fields is shown in Fig. I. 

Pitfall traps measure activity density. It is dependent 

not only on the population density of a 

species, but also on its activity (Thiele 1977). In 

the present article mean number of specimens 

per 100 trap days during the trapping period is 

50 

used to measure this activity density, trap days 

being the number of traps used multiplied by the 

number of days of capture. There are problems 

in comparing the activity density between fields 

and species because several factors varied, such 

as distance between the traps. Traps standing 

close together will overlap in their effective 

«catching-area», and thus catch less than traps 

farther apart. Since the trapping periods varied, 

this will also influence the catch of each species, 

especially those with maximum activity early or 

late in the year, as a varying part of its activity 

peak will fall inside the trapping period. I still 

find the mean number of specimens per 100 trap 

days the most useful tool to compare the activity 

density of the different species between fields 

and areas. 

The total matenal consists of 20431 carabids 

of at least 74 species and 48373 staphylinids of 

at least 133 species. The nomenclature follows 

Silfverberg (1979), with names used in Lindroth 

(I960) with later corrections by Strand (I 97~ 

and 1977) in brackets. In 19751nd 1976 most of 

the Atheta - and Oxypoda-material was classified 

to species, later on this was done only with 

1,5 

~ 

2,0 

1,0 

Ski 1t7t I J 

J,,,,mlj~ A.197t 

~I~ 

~ ~-r: 

~"O 

I 

A,111O I 

--~. 

~ [:, 

..----I 

JeI~"11 

.4019" I 

1:t ~~: 

..~ 

O.S ";1~-c-r-;~.~~--'-;c;-r--:-o---o~~~~~;-r-c-~~-=- 

M"",JASMJJASMJJAS 

Fig. I. Total activity density for carabids (.) and 

staphylinids (.) in each of the 12 fields. 

O~ 

• 

• 

1

Table l. Mean activity density, given in specimens per 100 trap days for carabids caught at Je10Y, As and Ski 

1975-1981 togheter with their activity months. r;;' 0.1 specimens per 100 trap days. roman numbers 

=probably reproduction activity. 

Latin numbers = trapping months. 

JE!.0Y As SKI Activity 

Species 1975 1976 1978 1979 1980 19B1 1978 1979 1980 1981 1979 1980 months 

Acupalpus meridlanus (L.) r 6 

Agonum ass1mile (Paykull) 0.5 0.1 7-8 

A. dorsale (Pontoppidan) r 0.9 10.5 14.2 VI-VII 

A. mueller1 (Herbst) r r 0.1 r r 0.1 V-VI 

Amara aenea (Degeer) r 6,8 

A. aprlcaria (Paykull) r 0.2 r 0.2 0.3 r 2.2 0.9 0.2 0.1 r r 5-9 

A. aulica (Panzer) r r r r r r r r r VII-VIII 

A. bifrons (Gyl1enhal) 0.5 3.0 1.1 0.5 r 0.2 1.2 2.2 5.0 0.5 r VII-VIII 

A. brunnea (Gyllenhal) r 6 

A. communis (Panzer) r 6-7 

A. consularis (OUftschmld) r 6-9 

A. eurynota (Panzer) 0.1 r 0.1 0.3 6-9 

A. familiaris (Duftschmid) r r 5-9 

A. fulva (Degeer) 0.6 0.3 0.1 1.5 VII-VIII 

A. lunicollls Schit,6dte r 6-7 

A. municipalis (Duftschmid) 9 

A. p1ebeja (Gy11enha1) r 0.4 0.1 0.3 VI 

A. praetermissa (Sahlberg) r 7 

A. sp. r 0.2 r 

Anlsodactylus binotatus (Fabricius) 

r 

Asaphidion flavipes (L.) 

r 

Badister bullatus (Schrank) 

(=blpustulatus Fabricius) r r 5-7 

Bembldion aeneum Germar 0.2 0.2 r r V 

B. bruxellense Wesma~l r 5-6 

B. quttula (Fabricius) 0.1 2.1 3.7 1.2 r r V-VI 

B. lampros

Table 2. Mean activity density, given in specimens per 100 trap days for staphylinids caught at Jel0y, As and 

Ski 1975-1981 together with their activity months. r

JEU'lY As SKI Activity 

Species 1975 1976 1978 1979 1980 1981 1978 1979 1980 1981 1979 1980 months 

forts. tab. 

Neobisnius lathrobio1des (Saudi) 

(cerrut1 Gr1delli r 5-6 

OCypus (5taphyl1nus) melanar1us Beer 

(globu11fer auct.nec. Fourcroy) r 0.1 r 8-9 

011gota 1nflata Mannerheim 1.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 r 0.1 VI 

Olophrum ass1m11e (paykull) 0.2 0.1 6 

O. fuscum (Gravenhorst) r r 8 

Oma11um caesum Gravenhorst r 0.3 1.0 r 7-9 

o. r1vulare (Paykull) r 0.1 6-7,9 

Oth1us angustus Stephens (melanocephalus 

Gravenhorst) r r 6-9 

o. myrmecophl1u5 Xiesenwetter r 7-8 

Oxypoda advena Mulio 0.4 6-7,9 

O. brachyptera (Stephens) 1.2 6-7 

O. exoleta Er1chson 7 

O. haemorrhoa Mannerheim 0.9 6-7,9 

O. lonqlpes Mulsant & Rey r r 5-6,9 

o. opaca (Gravenhorstl r 5-6 

o. spectabi11s Markel r 7,9 

O. sp. 0.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 1.8 3.4 4.1 8.0 0.6 0.3 0.3 

oxytelus sculptus Gravenhorst 

parocyusa (Chilopora) rubicunda 

(Erlchson) 9 

Philonthus addendus Sharp. 7 

P. atratus (Gravenhorst) 0.7 0.3 V-VI 

P. carbonar1us {Gravenhorst} 

(varius Gyllenhall 0.6 2.7 0.1 1.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 r VI-VII 

P. cognatus Stephens (fuseipennis 

Mannerheim) 0.1 0.4 0.5 1.6 3.8 r 0.4 0.6 VI-VII 

P, decorus (Gravenhorst) 7 

P. deb1lis (Gravenhorst) 0.2 r r 0.1 VI 

P. nit1dus (Fabr1c1us) 7 

P. ochropus (Gravenhorst) (concinnus 

Gravenhorst) r 3.3 0.5 0.4 16.0 11.0 6.2 1.6 0.2 0.5 VI 

P. politus (L.) 0.3 8 

P. pachycephalus Nordmann (sord1dus 

Gravenhorst) 0.2 r 5-6,8 

P. splendens (Fabr1c1us) r 8 

P. succ1cola Thomson (chalceus 

Ganglbauer) 0.6 1.1 0.2 

P. varians (paykull) 

r VII 

8-9 

P. sp. 

Phloeo;;harie subtil1ssima Mannerheim 

'P1atydracus (5taphylin1us) 

stercorarius (Olivier) 7 

Qued1us hoops (Gravenhorst) 6-7 

Q. ful1g1nosus (Gravenhorst) r 6 

Q. molochinus (Gravenhorst) 

(picipenn1s paykull) 0.1 r 0.2 7-8 

Q. n1t1pennis (Stephens) 0.2 6-9 

Q. sp. 

Rugilus (5t111cus) fuf1pes Germar 

Sepedophilus (Conosoma) testaceus 

(Fabricius) ~ 6 

Stenus biguttatus (L.) 0.1 0.3 r 5-7 

S. clav1cornts (Scopoli) 0.3 r 5,7 

5. similis (Herbst) r 6-7 

5. tarsalis Ljungh 0.1 7 

5. sp. r 

Tachinus cort1c1nus Gravenhorst 10.0 0.1 r 0.3 r VI-VII 

T. lat1collis Gravenhorst r 0.3 7-8 

T. l1gnorum (L.) r r 6,9 

T. marg1nellus (Fabricius) 7,9 

T. signatus (Gravenhorst) (rufipes 

Degeer) r 0.6 0.2 0.7 r r V-VI 

Tachyporus chrysomelinus (L.) 0.2 0.3 0.5 3.5 1.8 2.0 2.4 3.1 1.2 1.7 2.9 0.2 VI-VII 

T. hypnorum (Fabr1cius) 0.3 0.5 3.4 3.6 2.7 7.1 6.0 2.2 6.7 0.3 3.2 l.0 VI-VII 

T. nitidulus (Fabricius) r r 0.1 r r 0.1 0.2 5-8 

T. obtusus (L.) 0.5 0.7 0.2 0.8 1.2 2.6 0.1 r 0.3 0.3 1.1 0,3 VI-VII 

T. pulchellus Mannerheim r 6 

T. pus1l1us Gravenhorst 0.1 2.0 r r V 

T. solutus Erichson r r r 0.2 0.1 r VII 

T. sp. r 

T1notus morion (Gravenhorst) 5-6,8 

Tr1chophya p1l1corn1s (Gyllenha1) r 5-6 

Xantholinus clairei Coiffait r 7 

X. linear1s (Ollvler) 0.6 0.3 0.1 0.1 r r 0.3 r V-VI 

X. tricolor (Fabriclus) . 0.1 0.4 0.4 0.8 VII 

X. sp. 

Xylodromus depressus (Gravenhorst) 6 

Zyras humeralis (Gravenhorst) 6-7 

Z. limbatus (Paykulll r 7 

Number of specimens 1159 3421 1544 2267 1548 1087 18125 6003 7779 578 2881 1981 

species 48 52 46 31 50 42 70 54 52 36 44 SO 

" trapdays 10530 10206 4410 2670 2940 1386 8960 5088 5424 2340 5910 7284

some of the easier and more numerous species. 

Because of this, diversity indices are calculated 

only for carabids. 

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 

Fig. 1 shows the total activity density ofcarabids 

and staphylinids in the 12 fields. The carabids 

are often divided into two main reproductive 

groups, spring and autumn breeders (Larsson 

1939). The spring breeders have high activity in 

May-June and for many species a lower activity 

again occur when the next generation emerges 

in Aug. - Sept. The autumn breeders have a 

high activity in JUly-Sept. The curves for the 

total catch in Fig. 1 vary depending upon how 

much is caught of the two groups. 

According to Thiele (1971), a higher percentage 

of spring breeders are found on sand than 

on clay, showing an overall preference for dryness 

and heat. This was confirmed in the present 

investigation, the ratio of individuals of autumn 

to spring breeders at Jel0Y (sandy soil) being 1:2, 

while the ratio at As and Ski (clayish soils) was 

about 2: I. The percentage of autumnbreeding 

species was 43, 44 and 39, respectively, which 

corresponds well with data in Basedow et al. 

(1976). 

Most of the staphylinids in the present investigation 

had their maximum activity density in 

May-July and a lower activity in Aug. -Sept., 

when probably the next generation occurs (Fig. 

\). However, the variation from field to field is 

great. These results correspond well with what 

is found by other authors (Geiler 1959/60, Hassan 

1969, Topp & Trittelvitz 1980). 

Tab. 1 and 2 show the total catch of the different 

species for each field. To the right the tables 

show when the species occurred during the 

trapping season. For the more numerous species 

with a typical maximum that probably is reproduction 

activity, Roman numbers give the 

month(s) when this occur. For the less numerous 

species and for species with a more evenly 

distributed activity density, Latin numbers give 

the month(s) they were caught. 

At the bottom of the tables also the number of 

specimens and the minimum number of species 

found per field are given, as well as the number 

of trap days and the diversity index (for carabids 

only). 

The S0rensen index of similarity between the 

three localities was 62 for Jel0Y/As, 44 for Je 

10Y /Ski and 86 for As/Ski. The S0rensen index 

between fields in the same locality varied between 

50-74 at JeI0Y, 70-83 at As and it was 

72 at Ski. The index between fields from diffe !I1 

rentlocalities varied between 45- 82. The mean 

between fields from the same locality was 66.2 

as compared with 59.4 for fields from different 

localities. These values clearly show the great similarity 

between the faunas in the three locali~ 

ties. Tab. 3 and 4 show the ten1most numerous 

species at each of the three localities. Six of the 

carabids and seven of the staphylinid species are 

in common, which again strongly emphasizes 

this similarity. Probably the dominant species 

are much the same for fields in this geographical 

area, and only their degree of dominance is mo~ 

dified by extrinsic and intrinsic factors between 

fields and years. 

The diversity index for carabids is shown at 

the bottom of Tab. 1. The high diversity at As is 

probably mainly due to the high density of 

weeds that made these fields more heterogenous. 

As also had the highest activity densities, 

with yearly means for carabids varying between 

30-74 per 100 trap days and for staphylinids 

between 25-202 each year. Corresponding 

numbers for Jel0Y was 16-55 and 11-85. The 

Table 3. The most numerous carabid species in each of the 3 localities. 

Abundance 

No JEL0Y As - SKI 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

Bembidion lampros 

Calathus melanocephalus 

Agonum dorsale 

Harpalus rufipes 

Clivina fossor 

Bembidion quadrimaculatum 

Amara bifrons 

Pterostichus niger 

Amara fulva 

Pterostichus melanarius 




Trechus quadristriatus 

T. secalis 

Amara bifrons 

Harpalus rufipes 


Trechus quadristriatus 


Pterostichus melanarius 


Ha[palus rufipes 

Pterostichus niger 


Tredl.Us discus 


10 Trechus quadristriatus Bembidion guttula Trechus secalis 

54

Table 4. The 10 most numerous staphylinid species in each of the 3 localities. 

Abundance 

No. JEL0Y As SKI 

I Amischa analis Aloconota gregaria Amischa analis 

2 Aloconota gregaria Amischa analis Aloconota gregaria 

3 Aleochara bipustulata Dinaraea angustula Anotylus rugosus 

4 Atheta fungi Philonthus ochropus Atheta fungi 

5 Tachyporus hypnorum Anotylus rugosus Tachyporus hypnorum 

6 Anotylus rugosus Atheta fungi Tachyporus chrysomelinus 

7 Tachinus corticinus Tachyporus hypnorum Aleochara bipustulata 

8 Tachyporus chrysomelinus Aleochara bipustulata Tachyporus obtusus 

9 Aleochara bilineata Tachyporus chrysomelinus Philonthus ochropus 

10 Tachyporus obtusus Philonthus cognatus Arpedium quadrum 

fact that clay soil has a higher beetle population 

than sandy soil has been generally found in European 

fields (Thiele 1977). 

Ski had extraordinarily few beetles, the numbers 

being 7-10 for carabids and 27-49 for 

staphylinids. This was probably due to the 

heavy use of insecticides for several years and 

the fact that herbicides reduced the weed cover 

to almost nil. 

Total number of carabids species caught at Je 

10Y, As and Ski were 62, 43 and 43, respectively, 

the same for staphylinids being 101, 91 and 63. 

The 8 most numerous carabids and staphylinids 

are in the following treated separately, and comments 

are given to some of the other species. 

Numbers given in brackets are the mean number 

of specimens per 100 trap days per year (calculated 

mean from the numbers in Tab. 1 and 

2). Breeding periods and .habitat preferences for 

carabids not specifically mentioned are taken 

from Lindroth (1945). 

Carabids 

Bembidion lampros (Herbst) was the most numerous 

carabid, making up 24.2 % of the material. The mean 

per year was highest at Jel0Y (I 1.8) and As (I 1.3) 

while the activity density at Ski was only about 10% 

of this. Lindroth (1945) says it prefers open and 

sunny areas, and it is frequently mentioned as dominating 

in European fields (Thiele 1977). The maximum 

activity density was found in May-June (Fig. 

2), when it reproduces, and among the lower catch in 

July-Sept. several callow specimens, belonging to 

the next generation, appeared. 

The second most numerous carabid was Calathus 

melanocephalus, (L.) making up 20.6 % of the material. 

Like the previous species the mean per year was 

highest at Jel0Y (6.0) and As (7.0). The Ski catch was 

only about 5 % of that at JeI0Y. This is probably due 

mainly to the irrigation, as it is known to prefer very 

dry areas. It is said to appear on all sorts of soils, and 

is common in European fields (Thiele 1977). A possible 

preferance for sandy soil could not be confirmed 

in the present investigation. Maximum activity 

density occurred during Aug. (Fig. 3), when it is 

known to reproduce. A smaller and varying peak of 

acitivty in June-July, seen most easily in Jel0Y 

1976, probably represents specimens tha, have overwintered 

as adults, as shown by van Dijk (1973). 

Pterostichus melanarius (Iiliger), the third most 

numerous species, made up 11.0 % of the material. 

At As (12.1) and Ski (0.9) it was among the dominating 

species, which confirms what is previously 

known from other European fields. It is said to be 

lacking on sand and this was verified by the fact that 

is was rarely caught at Jel0Y (Tab. 0. Maximum activity 

density appeared in July-Aug. (Fig. 4), when it 

reproduces. The smaller peak in May-June, most 

easily seen at As 1979, probably represents animals 

30 

20 

., 10 

..,··.. 

60 

: 40 • -- ._-- 121 

• ~ 1H 

.. 10 

.. 20 10 

• 10 41 

.. 

II 

~ 

~ 50 .1911 

E 40 • 30 

::,:. r 

80 y 10 

:. ~~,. ~~: : 

• 30 n 20 

~ 20 rl 

11 1. 

:"OS=·'~1 

Fig. 2. Activity density for Bembidion lampros in 

each of the 12 fields. 

55

.. 

... 

10 

70 

· 

10 

~ 

50 

.. 

· 

Cl. 

Cl. 

~ 

0 

0 

~ 

c 

· 

E 

u 

Go 

a 

Go 

'" 

30 

21 

1. 

2t 

10 

:f 

M 

.Jel1lV 1979 

: ~IIV~ 

JalllV 1911 

I J J~S' 

I .~_ 

M 

'0. ... I 

10 

5 

Ski 1179 '. 

Z 

A . S 

.. 

.: 

~ 

a 

· 

Cl. 

Go 

~ 

o 

· 

!· 

Cl. 

u 

a 

Go 

'" 

Fig. 3. Activity density for Calathus melanocephalus 

in each of the 12 fields. 

that have overwintered as adults, as shown for Calathus 

melanocephalus by van Dijk (J 973). 

Bembidion quadrimaculatum (L.), making up 

7.6 % ofthe material was most numerous at As (5.0), 

ranked as nr. 4. Also at Ski it was ranked as nr. 4, but 

the mean activity of 0.85 was no higher than that at 

Jel0Y (J. il. It is common on both clay and sand in 

European fields (Thiele 1977), but in the present investigation 

it obviously preferred clay. The maximum 

acitivty, in contrast to B. lampros, was spread 

over a long period, from May-July (Fig. 5). It is a 

spring breeder, and in July-Sept. callow specimens 

of the next generation appeared in the traps. 

Trechus quadristriatus (Schrank) made up 6.5 % 

of the material and was one of the very few relatively 

l 1NOtnl,. 

.. 

... · 

JNv1t7t 

1 

to 

.. 

Cl. 

.Jel.,_ 

· 

= 1 

Cl. 

70 

~ Ski 1979 

11 

o 11 50 

~ 10 

•• 

• 

Cl. 

= 1 • 

-~ 

2t 

c 

• 7 

I' 

·a 

E 

A._ 

a 

• 5 

2t 

u 

a 

I' 

: 3 .01.._ 

51 

A'S 

Fig. 4. Activity density for Pterostichus melanarius in 


41 

• 2t 

• 

Fig. 5. Activity density for Bembidion quadrimaculatum 

in each of the 12 fields. 

numerous species at Ski 0.4). The reason might be 

that the leaves of the cauliflower gave more shade 

than those of the swedes and thus were more attrac4 

tive, as this species is known to prefer more shade 

than for instance Bembidion lampr6s (Mitchell 1963). 

It was common also at As 0.7), but more scarcely caught 

at Jel0Y (0.2). It is previously known as a dominating 

species in European fields (Thiele 1977). The 

maximum activity density occurred in Aug. -Sept. 

(Fig. 6), when it reproduces. 

Harpalus rufipes (Degeerl, known as a typical fi! 

eld-species (Thiele 1977) made up 5.0 % of the material. 

It is said to avoid sand (Lindroth 1945), but this 

was not confirmed by the present investigation, as it 

was as numerous at Jel0Y (J .5) as at As (2.0). At Ski it 

was, as most species, less numerous (0.3). The maximum 

activity density occurred in June - Aug. (Fig. 

7), when it reproduces. For some unknown reason 

this species seems to have a more stable activity den- 

Ira 

.JaI.,1115 

1 

10 

5 

.JaI.yI8711 

.. 1 

... 25 

· 

2 

2t 

= 

Cl. 1 15 

1. 

· 

Cl. 

~ 

I 5 

• 

0 

I 

0 

• 5 

I 

Cl. 

= 

3 

· 25 

2 

c 

a 20 n 

1 

'E 

15 

u 

a 10 

Cl. 

'" 

5 

M 

A 

M 

A . S 

Fig. 6. Activity density for Trechus quadristriatus in 


56

1 

.. 

... 

· 

• a. 

a. 

· 

.. 

• a. 

c 

· 

E 

a. 

.. 2 

·~ 

a 

( 

Fig. 7. Activity density for Harpalus ruflpes in each 

of the 12 fields. 

sity from year to year than most other carabids (Tab. 

ll. 

Amara b(frons (GyllenhaD, making up 4.5 % of the 

material, is said to prefer dry sand. The preference 

for dryness was confirmed, as it was rarely caught in 

the irrigated fields at Ski (Tab. I), but it was found re· 

latively more often on the clay at As (2.2) than on the 

sand at Jel0Y (0.9). As both places were dry during 

summer, this species might be more dependent upon 

the dryness than the type of soil. Thiele (I 977) says it 

is common in fields only in eastern Europe. It was 

most numerous in July-Aug. (Fig. 8), when it reproduces. 

A smaller peak in June-July, most easily 

'seen at Jel0Y 1976, probably represents individuals 

that have overwintered as adults, as was shown for 

Calat/llIs melanocephalus by van Dijk (I973). 

Clivinafossor (L.) made up 4.0% of the material. It 

is eurotyp, but prefers wet clay and is lacking on 

sand. In this investigation it was most numerous at 

Jel0Y (1.4) and A~ (2.0) the catch at Ski was much lower 

(0.2). Clearly no preference for clay was found. 

I As to the wetness there is no typical preference, as 

.. ... 

• 

2 

• a. 

10 

·... a 

a 

~ 

: • 

2 

c 

· 

•... 

· 

E 

.! 

u 

• a. 

O! 

I 

• 

A S M A S 

Fig. 8. Activity density for Amara hifrons in each of 

the 12 fields. 

.. 

... 

· 

• 

a. 

a. 2 

· 

~ 

,a .. 

• 

c 

· 

... ( 

E 

u 

a. 

.. · 

2 

,. 

• 2 

Fig. 9. Activity density for Clivina fossor in each of 


shown by the low catches at Ski, but there are higher 

catches at Jel0Y the last years when irrigation made 

the fields more moist (Fig. I). It is previously known 

as common in European fields (Thiele 1977). Maximum 

activity density occurred in May-June (Fig. 

9), when it reproduces. During July-Aug. callow 

specimens belonging to the next generation appeared 

in the traps. 

Staphylinids 

Aloconota gregaria (Erichson) was the most nume· 

rous staphylinid, making up 29.9% of the staphylinid 

material. The mean activity density per year was 

much higher at As (44.7) than at Jel0Y (7.8) and Ski 

... : 

:. '0 

5 

a.· 15 

· 

.. '0 

5 

:! 

20 

• a. 

'5 

· 

; ,. 

'y 

..· 

E 

5 

a. 10 

50 

(0 

3G 

20 

'0 

Fig. 10. Activity density for Aloconota gregaria in 

each of the I2 fields. 

57

fl ' 

,-----.:;ra:--- . Jeloy1975 ~6'7 As 19781 

10'- .... . l80 

5 - !~ ! 

j 60 

_--+_~*"".J~=---r- I . .40 

r' .JeIOY1976.~, ~ 20 

30- r I ~ 

20r r c,. -~~ Asl" 

10~~~ r1 J:~ 

==r 

>-: 

tll 50 -![,' 

:::J848 Jel"y1978 I 

1 

0 

'I 4 

'0 40 1 '-- r I _I 20 

~30- ~~ 

Co -, As 1980 

III 20'- ' i 80 

~ 10~ j ~. :60 

: -L-.-, --- j.;i;;-mg ~ ~ J:: 

o 50 I ........ I 

40r , .----'7= ~fl 

30'- I,J -12 

~ 20 ~ I ~ LJl ----.-1 LILq- ~s-ki1979j' 0 

~ 10~~----,_~ 1 " 

~:o 

E Jeloy 1980 ~ I , 120 

- ~~ n ~ 30 'r I '-; I 11 ~ 100 

.. 

...• 

~ 

• a. 

a. 

· 

· 

~ = 

• a. 

c 

·• 

• E 

U • 

.. a. 

Fig. 14. Activity density for Atheta fungi in each of 


when it probably reproduces. From Fig. 13 it is, however, 

not possible to conclude whether it has I or 2 

generations a year, or even 3, as reported by Fuldner 

(I 960). 

Atheta fungi (Gravenhorst), making up 5.3% of 

the material, was numerous both at Jel0Y (5.9), As 

(5.4) and Ski (4.0). It is common in European fields 

(Geiler 1959/60, Pietraszko & Clercq 1978, Topp & 

Trittelvitz 1980). Maximum activity density occurred 

in July-Aug. (Fig. 14), and during June-Sept. about 

IS callow specimens were caught. Possibly it emerges 

from pupae in June-Sept. and reproduces the 

same summer. According to Topp (I 975) it overwin 

'ters as adults. 

Phi/onthus ochropus (Gravenhorst) made up 5.2 % 

of the material. It was most numerous at As (8.7), 

more scarcely caught at Jel0Y (0.7) and Ski (0.4), 

which shows that it probablYoPrefers clay soil. Geiler 

(I 959/60)found it in fields, otherwise little is known 

about it appear

shown to be common in many European fields (Tischler 

1958, Geiler 1959/60). Maximum activity occurred 

in June - July (Fig. 17), when it probably reproduces. 

From 18. Aug,-29. Sept. callow Tachyporus-specimens 

belonging to the next generation were 

caught. As shown by Lipkow (J 966) this generation 

probably overwinters and reproduces the next summer. 

The separately treated eight carabid species 

together with Peterostichus niger (Schaller), 

Amara apricaria (Paykull) and Harpalus affinis 

(Schrank) were those caught in all the fields or 

all but one, making op 87.7 % of the carabid 

material. For the staphylinids, the same holds 

for the eight separately treated species together 

with Tachyporus chrysomelinus (L.), Aleochara 

bilineata (GyllenhaO, Philonthus cognatus (Stephens), 

Tachyporus obtusus (L.), Philonthus carbonarius 

(Gravenhorst) and Acrotona aterrima 

(Gravehorst), making up 87.4 % of the material. 

Most of these 25 species are frequently 

mentioned as common in other European fields 

and may be regarded as the common field 

species in the investigated area. 

In addition, some species were common at 

only one or two of the localities. The carabid 

Agonum dorsale (Pontoppidan) made up 6.7 % 

of the catch at Je10Y, and was only trapped here 

(Tab. 1l. This species is rare in Norway, Je10Y 

being one of the few places where it is known 

to occur (Kvamme 1977), though common in 

other European fields (Nedstam & Johansson 

1974, Thiele 1977). Amara fulva (Degeer), a 

carabid strongly preferring dry sandy areas 

(Lindroth 1945), was only trapped at Je10Y 

(Tab. 0, while Bembidion guttula (Fabricius) 

and Trechus secalis (Paykull) were mainly 

caught at As, as they are known to prefer clay 

(Lindroth 1945). The staphylinid Tachinus corticinus 

(Gravenhorst) was for some unknown 

reason very common at Jel0Y in 1971, but 

otherwise a rare species (Tab. 1). In the Oxypoda-material 

the following species were common 

at Jel0Y in 1976 and may dominate in the 

unclassified material in the rest of the fields as 

well: O. bracyptera (Stephens), O. haemorrhoa 

(Mannerheim) and O. advena (Miiklin). At least 

O. brachyptera is reported from other fields 

(Geiler 1959/60, Topp & Trittelvitz 1980). 

Aleochara spadicea (Erichson), A. verna (Say) 

and Quedius nitipennis (Stephens) are new to 

0stfold county. 

As shown in Figs. 2- 17 the activity density 

of a species might vary considerably from one 

year to the next i.n the same locality, often as 

much as a 10-fold increase or decrease. As a resuit 

both the dominating species and the whole 

beetle fauna in each locality varied a lot from 

year to year. However, a species dominating one 

year was usually among the more abundant species 

all years in the same locality. In this way the 

same few species would make up a large part of 

the fauna in the locality each year although their 

relative importance would change from year to 

year. 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 

I am very grateful to Dr. L. S0mme and T. Rygg 

for their valuable advice during the investigation, 

Dr. S0mme also for criticizing the manuscript. 

I also wish to thank cand. real. A. Fjellberg 

for classifying parts of the material in 1975 and 

1976 and A. Taksdal for correcting my English. 

The investigation was financially supported by 

the Norwegian Agricultural Research Council 

(NLVF). 

REFERENCES 

Basedow, Th., Borg, A., Clercq, R. de. Nijveldt, W. 

& Schemey, F. 1976. Untersuchungen tiber das 

Vorkommen der Laufkafer (Col.: Carabidae) auf 

europaischen Getreidefeldem. Entomophaga 21, 

59-72. • 

Coaker, T.H. & Williams, D.A. 1963. The importance 

ofsome Carabidae and Staphylinidae as predators 

of the cabbage root fly, Erioischia brassicae 

(Bouche). Entomologia expo appl. 6, 

156-164. 

Dijk, T.S. van 1973. The age-composition of populations 

of Calathus melanocephalus L. analysed by 

studying marked individuals kept within fenced 

sites. Oecologia 12, 213-240. 

Fuldner, D. 1960. Beitriige zur Morphologie und Biologie 

von Aleochara bilineata Gyll. und A. bipustulata 

L. (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). z. Morph. 

Okol. Tiere 49, 312-386. 

Geiler, H. 1959/60. Zur Staphylinidenfauna der mitteldeutschen 

Agrarlandschaft. Wiss. Z. Karl 

Marx-Univ. Lpz. 9, 587-594. 

Hassan, S.A. 1969. Observations on the effect of insecticides 

on coleopterous predators of Erioischia 

brassicae (Diptera: Anthomyiidae). Entomologia 

expo appl. 12,157-168. 

Kvamme, T. 1977. On the distribution and habitat 

choice of Agonum dorsa!e Pont. (Col., Carabidae) 

in Norway. Norw. J. Ent. 24,31-32. 

Larsson, S.G. 1939. Entwicklungstypen und Entwicklungszeiten 

der danischen Carabiden. Ent. 

Meddr 20,277-554. 

Lindroth, C.H. 1945. Die Fennoskandischen Carabidae. 

Eine Tiergeographische Studie. 1. Spezieller 

Teil. Geteborgs K. Vetensk. - O. VitterhSamb. 

Hand!. 4 (l), 1-709 + 1 map. 

60

- (Red.) 1960. Catalogus Coleopterorum Fennoscandiae 

et Daniae. Entom. Siillsk., Lund. 479 pp. 

Lipkow, E. 1966. Biologisch-okologische Untersuchungen 

tiber Tachyporus-arten und Tachinus 

rufipes (Col., StaphyU. Pedobiologia 6, 140-177. 

Mitchell, B. 1963. Ecology of two Carabid beetles, 

Bembidion lampros (Herbst) and Trechus quadristriatus 

(Schrank). 11. Studies on populations of 

adults in the field, with special reference to the 

technique of pitfall trapping. l. Anim. Ecol. 32, 

289-299. 

Nedstam, B. & Jonasson, T. 1974. F6rekornst av 

jordl6pare och kortvingar i migra skanska killodlingar. 

Viixtskyddsnotiser 38, 79-84. 

Peschke, K. von & Fuldner, D. 1977. Ubersicht und 

neue Untersuchungerr zur Lebensweise der parasitoiden 

Aleocharinae (Coleoptera; Staphylinidae). 

Zool. lb. Syst. 104, 242-262. 

Pietraszko, R. & Clercq, R. de 1978. Studie van de 

Staphylinidaefauna in wintertarweveldern. Parasitica 

34, 191 - 198. 

Silfverberg, H. (Red.) 1979. Enumeratio ColelJpterorum 

Fennoscandiae et Daniae. Helsingfors Entom. 

BytesfOrening, Helsingfors. VI + 79 pp. 

Strand, A. 1946. Nord-Norges Coleoptera. Tromso 

Mus. Arsh. 67,1-629. 

- 1970. Additions and corrections to the Norwegian 

part of Catalogus Coleopterum Fennoscandiae et 

Daniae. Norw. l. Ent. 17,125-145. 

- 1977. Additions and corrections to the Norwc:gian 

part of Catalogus Coleopterorum Fennoscandiae 

et Daniae. Second series. Norw. l. Ent. 24, 

159-165. 

Sundby, R. & Taksdal, G. 1969. Surveys of parasites 

of Hylemya brassicae (Bouche) and H. jloralis 

(Fallen) (Diptera, Muscidae) in Norway. Norsk 

ent. Tidsskr. 16, 97-I06. 

Thiele, H. -U. I97 7. Carabid Beetles in their Environments. 

Zoophysiology and Ecology 10, 369 pp. 

Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York. 

Tischler, W. 1958. Syn6kologische Untersuchungen 

an der Fauna der Felder und Feldgeh6lze. Zool. 

lb. Syst. 87, 54-114. 

Topp, W. 1975. Morphologische Variabilitat, Diapause 

und EntwickIung von Atheta fungi (Grav.) 

Col., Staphylinidae). Zool. lb. Syst. 102, 

101-127. 

Topp, W. & Trittelvitz, W. 1980. Verteilung und 

Ausbreitung der epigiiischen Arthropoden in der 

Agrarlandschaft 11. Staphylinoidea. Anz. Schiidlingsk. 

53, 33 - 36. 

Received 16 Dec. 1981. 

, 

61

Contribution to the knowledge of the distribution, habitat 

selection and life-history of the riparian beetles in 

Norway 

JOHAN ANDERSEN 

Andersen, J. 1982. Contribution to the knowledge of the distribution, habitat selection and 

life history of the riparian beetles in Norway. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 29. 62 -68. 

New finds of Coleoptera occurring on river banks in Norway are reported. Two finds are situated 

quite isolated from the rest of the known distributional area: Perileptus areolatus 

(Creutzerl is reported from S0r-Tr0ndelag province (Fig. J) and Anthicus flavipes (Panzerl 

from the inner part of Troms. 

The southernmost finds of Bembidion mckinleyi scandicum Lindroth and Fleutiauxellus 

maritimus (Curtis) are now in the northernmost part of Nordiand county (Fig. I). The habitat 

selection and to some extent the life history of the riparian beetles are described and discussed. 

Johan Andersen, Institute of biology and geology, University of Troms"', N-9000 Tromsoll, 

Norway. 

INTRODUCTION 

During studies of the riparian Bembidion species 

in Norway (Andersen 1970a, 1980), Coleoptera 

others than the Bembidion species were collected 

as well. Some of the results of these investigations 

are presented here as the published data 

about the habitat selection, life history and distribution 

of the species occurring on river banks 

in Norway are often scarce. 

The epigeic species were collected in the same 

way as in Andersen (I970a), but to a large extent 

without reference to the size of the area investigated 

or the time used in the collecting. The 

hypogeic species (mostly Dyschirius spp. and 

Bledius spp.) were collected by washing the substratum 

in water. 

Dr. philos. h.c. A. Strand has made an unpublished 

catalogue of all the known Norwegian records 

of Coleoptera in Norway. This catalogue 

has been brought up-to-date by 1. Kvamme. In 

the present paper I report records not mentioned 

in this catalogue (1. Kvamme, pers. commJ 

The district division follows Strand (I943). 

Species not reported previously from the districts 

in question (see Lindroth 1960, Strand 

1977, Nilssen & Andersen 1977) are marked 

with an asterisk. The position of the localities investigated 

in northern Norway is given in 

Andersen (1980, Fig. I and Table I). 

The distribution and habitat selection of the 

Bembidion species in S Norway will be treated 

in a separate paper. The division in habitats 

62 

(here called microhabitats) is in accordance with 

Andersen (I970a). The terms stenotopic, oligotopic 

and eurytopic are in accordance with 

Andersen (I970a). The nomenclature follows 

Silfverberg (I979). 

• 

THE SPECIES 

Nebria rufescens (Str0m). 

According to Lindroth (I945) this species is ubiquitous 

in the mountains, whereas it should be 

stenotopic for stony or gravelly shores of lakes, rivers 

and brooks in the lowland. In most of Norway, 

however, the species is quite eurytopic also 

in the lowland. At Eide in Tune (0) the species 

was abundant among dense vegetation on very 

moist clay in a clay pit. At the river Gaula (STI) 

the species is abundant both on gravelly-stony 

sites as well as in the more vegetated, shady habitats 

(microhabitat 3a, 4a). Around Trondheim 

(STI) it is present in woods of alder (Alnus incana 

(L.) Moench) and spruce (Picea abies (L.) KarsU 

without open water in the vicinity. As pointed out 

by Lindroth (I945) and Larsson & Gigja (I959) 

the species hibernates both as imago and larva, 

third stage larvae as well as imagines are abundant 

in September-October and in May-June 

(vide Andersen 1970b)and fully hardened imagines 

are present in May both in central and northern 

Norway. 

Dyschirius septentrionum Munster. 

*MRI: 5 km E of Surnadal, June 1970. STI: Orkanger, 

June 1970. NIl: Stiklestad, 17 June 1972; 

Bergsmoen in Namdalen, 4 August 1966; Skorovasselv 

in Namdalen, 18 June 1972. NSI: Grane. 

TRI: Norkjosbotn, 30 May 1973. 

Fauna norv. Ser. B 29: 62-68. Oslo 1982.

Dyschirius septentrionum is a regular and often 

abundant species on river banks where it reaches 

its highest abundance in the same microhabitats 

as Bembidion schueppeli Dejean and B.semipunctatum 

Donovan, i.e. in somewhat shaded and/or 

more or less vegetated, silty sites (microhabitat 3a, 

3b, 4a, 4c). 

The species has been found rather scattered in 

fields near the rivers Gaula and Surnadalslagen, 

and at Trondheim in a clay pit, at the latter place 

together with among others Bembidion lunatum 

Duftschmid, B. deletum Audinet-Serville and Bledius 

crassicollis Lacordaire. It seems correct, then 

to regard Dyschirius sephentrionum as an oligotopic 

river bank species in Norway. 

Dyschirius angustatus (Ahrens). 

The species i~ rather abundant in sparsely vegetated 

or barren, relatively elevated and often dry 

sites (microhabitats 4d, 4e, 4g) at the rivers Gaula, 

Saltdalselva (NSI) and MaIselva (TRI). D. angustatus 

is probably limited to the banks of the large 

rivers in Norway. 

Bembidion mckinleyi scandicum Lindroth. 

"NN0: Near Gamnes, Skjomendalen, 30 June 

1980. One specimen was found in a typical habitat 

(vide Andersen I 970c). 

Previously the species is known only from 

Troms and Finnmark provinces (Andersen 1980). 

Bembidion transparens (Geblerl. 

"TRI: Buktelv, 7 July 1973. One specimens was 

collected at the outlet of the river in the sea. The 

vegetation was halophilous. 

The species seems to be confined to sea shores 

in Nordland and Troms (Lindroth 1945, Strand 

1946). 

Perileptus areolatus (Creutzer). 

V AY: Audnedalen 6 km S of Konsmo, 3 June 

1972, 3 specimens. TEI: Melas bru, at Heddalselva, 

6 June 1972. OS: Gullerud at Randsfjorden. 

AK: Hurdalselva, near Hur&il, 9-10 June 1972. 

"YE: 2 km;; of Hof, near the lake Eikeren, 8 June 

1972. "STY: near Skau, at the river Skaua, 

22-23 may 1981, 15 specimens (Leg. J. Nikolaysen, 

J. Andersen). At most of the localities the species 

was rather abundant. The find at river Skaua 

seems to be isolated from the distributional area in 

S Norway (Fig. I). 

At all the localities where I have observed P. 

areolatus it has been found on gravelly-stony 

banks of small rivers. The underlying substratum 

is made of sand (partly rather coarse) or silt. The 

species is pronouncedly lithophilous and is stenotopic 

for running waters (Jeanell 1967, Lindroth 

• 

1974, Freude et al. 1976). Within the localities 

studied the species occurred together with Bembidion 

virens (Gyllenhal), B. saxatile (Gyllenhal) or 

B. prasinum (Duftschmid). 

P. areolatus is less hygrophilous than B. prasinum 

and saxatile and it is most abundant in zones 

somewhat distant from the river (Table \). Deviating 

from this was only the observations at the river 

Skaua where P. areolatus occurred in sites sa- 

Fig. I. The presently known distribution of Perileptus 

areolatus (Creutzer) (squares) and Fleutiauxellus 

maritimus (Curtis) (filled circles) in Norway. 

turated with water. The river was flooding at this 

time, however, and only a very small zone with 

gravel and stones was available for the beetles. 

Four females from Skaua had immature ovaries, 

whereas four females of B. prasinum from 

the same locality had mature ovaries. Two dissected 

females of P. areolatus from Heddalselva had 

mature ovaries. Studies in N Norway show that 

P. prasinum has a later reproduction period than 

the other lithophilous, imaginal hibernators of 

this genus (Andersen unpublished data). Although 

P. areolatus thus seems to breed later than the 

imaginal hibernators of the lithophilous Bembidion 

species, it is no doubt an imaginal hibernator. 

as supposed by Lindroth (I945). The later reproduction 

may perhaps explain why this species is 

limited to rather southern areas of Scandinavia 

which have comparatively warm and long summers. 

Agonum micans (Nicolail. 

"MRI: 5 km E of Surnadal, June 1970. 

Most of the fmds of this species in Norway seem 

to have been done on river banks. According to 

Lindroth (I 945) the habitat preference of Agonum 

micans is rather similar that of A. piceum. This 

63

Table I. The microhabitat distribution of Perileptus areo/atus and two Bembidion species according to time 

catch. The figures give the number of specimens caugt per 10 min. Figures in brackets give the investigation 

time in min. 

Locality Species Microhabitat 

6aI 

6aII 

Heddalselva Perileptus areo/alus (Creutzer) 2.0 (20) 4.4 (40) 

Bembidion prasinum (Duftschmid) 7.5 0.5 

B. saxalile (GyllenhaO 2.0 3.0 

Hurdalselva Peri/eplus areo/atus 0.7 (J 5) 12.7 (J 5) 

Bembidion saxatile 8.0 4.0 

6aI: zones close to the river, saturated with water 

6aII: zones higher up, not satured with water 

does not apply to Norway, however. Agonum piceum 

is a very typical member of the stagnant, often 

eutrophic waters in Norway whereas A. micans 

occurs frequently at the large rivers. In Sweden, 

however, A. micans is abundant also on the 

shores of eutrophic lakes. At the river Gaula the 

species is abundant in more or less developed vegetation 

(microhabitats 2a, 3a, 4a, 4c), often together 

with Bembidion delltellum (Thunberg). 

Hydnobius tibialis J. Sahlberg. 

The species is rather frequent in elevated, dry, 

fine sandy-silty spots together with Bledius arcticus 

J. Sahlberg at the river Malselva (TRI: Rundhaug). 

Strand (\ 946) has similar experiences, but 

very little information is available about the ecology 

of this species, so it is uncertain whether it is 

limited to river banks. Generally little is known 

about the ecology of the species of this genus. 

Coryphium hyperboreum (Miiklin). 

TRI: Puntaelv, 19 July 1969; Guolasjavri, 750 m 

a.s.l., 21 August 1969, seven specimens (alpine 

zone). FN: Luostejakka, near Baktejavri (alpine 

zone). 28 june 1976. 

In all places in Scandinavia where this species 

has been found in some abundance the habitat has 

been gravelly-stony river banks or lake shores. I 

therefore find it legitimate to regard the species as 

lithophilous although it has also been found in 

Salix thickets (Strand 1946). 

Besides Bembidiol1 hasti Sahlberg and B. fellmani 

(Mannerheim), Coryphium hyperboreum is 

the only Fennoscandian lithophilous species that 

have been found high up in the alpine zone. 

OclIllIephillls omalil1l1s (Erichson). 

The species seems to be little selective in choice of 

type of habitat. Thus, it has been found abundantly 

in gravelly-stony, as well as in silty and 

sparsely vegetated, habitats on the banks of the river 

Gaula. In Norway only found on river banks, 

but it is also reported from lake shores in Sweden 

(Palm 1961). 

Thinobills longicornis J. Sahlberg. 

TRI: Near the outlet of the river Skakterelva, 30 

August 1981. one specimen. The specimen was 

found on a stony bank with gravel and sand underneath. 

The species seems to be lithophilous (Strand 

1946). 

Thinobius munsteri Scheerpeltz. 

*NN0: Near Gamnes in Skjomen, 9 August 

1981. Two specimens on a gravelly-stony bank of 

the river Skjoma. Together with Hydrosmeeta 

subtil!ssima (Kraatz) (see that species). TRI: Near 

the outlet of the river Skakterelva, 14 July 1981 ~ 

Several specimens under small~r or larger stones 

on a silty substratum. Together with Bembidion 

mckin/eyi seandieum. 

In Norway the species has mostly been collected 

in flotsam. As most other Thinobius species, 

however, it is no doubt a lithophilous species 

(vide also Palm 1961). In Norway a stenotopic ri. 

ver bank species. 

Thinobius slrandi Smetana. 

TRI: Straumsmo in 0sterdalen, 19 August 1969, 

26 specimens. Very abundant under stones on a 

rather heterogeneous substratum. Only a small 

fraction of the beetles seen were collected. The 

species occurred close to the river (together with 

Bembidion hyperboraeorum Munster) as well as 

higher up (together with B. hast!). 

At Rundhaug (TRI) several specimens were 

collected together with Bembidion petrosum siebkei 

Sparre Schneider in rather elevated, stony sites 

with an underlying substra.tum of silt. T. strand! 

is lithophilous (vide also Palm 1961) and it is an 

oligotopic river bank species. Among the 26 specimens 

collected at Straumsmo 22 were quite 

pale. No doubt it is an imaginal hibernator. 

The Thinobius species are supposed to have 

been overlooked due to their small size, and some 

of the species may have a more continuous distribution 

than what is known at present. 

B/edius arctieus. 

TRI: Furuflaten, 20 August 1969. At this place as 

well as at Rundhaug the species was numerous in 

rather elevated, fine sandy-silty sites with sparse 

vegetation. 

As stated by Platonoff (] 943) the species seems 

to occur in rather dry sites. B. arcticus has been 

regarded as a stenotopic river bank species (Strand 

1946, Palm 196 D, but at Forsheim in Skjomen 

(NN0) Bledius arctieus was rather abundant on 

64

J 

sparsely vegetated fallow land with fine sand far 

from streaming water. Seven of 28 specimens collected 

at Furuflaten were teneral. No doubt the 

species is an imaginal hibernator. 

Bledius denticollis Fauvell. 

The species is abundant on sparsely vegetated 

sites together with B. fontinalis Bernhauer at the 

river Gaula (STI: Melhusl. 

B. denticollis is stenotopic for river banks 

(Strand 1946, Freude et al. 1964, Lundberg 1969). 

At the river Gaula several quite large larvae belonging 

to the genus Bledius were found 1 May 

1966 in microhabitat 4e. At the site studied Bledius 

dentico//is and B. fontinalis were abundant 

and one or both of this species certainly hibernate 

as larvae although imaginal hibernation probably 

is normal in both species. 

Bledius fontinalis. 

NTI: Be'rgsmoen, at the river Namsen, 4-5 August 

1966. TRI: Furullaten, 20 August 1969, 2 

specimens. 

The species is very abundant in moist, as well 

as in rather dry, fine sandy-silty sites with no or 

moderate vegetation (microhabitat 4c, 4e. 4gl on 

the banks of Gaula and Namsen. At the river Gaula 

B. fontinalis has been found to be numerous 

also in barren sites with a rather clay-mixed substratum. 

Blediusfontinalis seems to be a stenotopic 

river bank species (Freude et al. 1964). The two 

specimens collected at Furuflaten were tenerals. 

This indicates imaginal hibernation, at least in 

part (vide Bledius denticollisJ 

Bledius fuscipes Rye. 

The species is rather abundant in sites with fine 

sand and a somewhat developed vegetation (microhabitats 

4b-4c) at Rundhaug (TRI). The specimens 

from Norway referred to as B. bernhaueri 

Poppius in Strand (1946) belong to B..fuscipes (see 

also Palm 1961). Most of the finds of B. fuscipes 

in Norway are from river banks. 

Bledius litoralis ,Heer. 

NTI: Verdals0ra. 17 June 1972. NSI: Bleiknesmo 

in Saltdalen, 2 August 1966. 

As stated by Palmen & Platonoff (1943), Strand 

(1946) and Palm (I 961) the species has a preference 

to silty or clayish soil. B. litoralis is abundant 

in humid and somewhat vegetated and shady 

sites, but the demand to moist sites is perhaps not 

so obvious as stated by Palmen & Platonoff 

(1943). Thus, several specimens were collected in 

microhabitat 4e together with Dyschirius angus 

. tatus at Bleiknesmo. Bledius litoralis is a stenotopic 

river bank species within its whole distributional 

area (Palm 1961, Freude et al. 1964). I have 

found a single specimen in a clay pit in NTI: 

Steinkjer, but this was certainly a straggler. Three 

of seven specimens collected at Rundhaug 30 August 

1981 were pale. This indicates imaginal hibernation. 

Bledius longulus Erichson. 

*TEI: Heddalselva, 6 June 1972. STI: Tiller. near 

Jonsvatnet. NTI: Bergsmo i Namdalen, 4-5 August 

1966. TRI: Setermoen, July 1959. 

I have found a few specimens on a lake shore 

(Randsfjorden) and in a sand pit (Tiller), but as the 

other finds in Norway are from river banks it 

must be regarded as an oligotopic river bank species 

in our country. As stated by Palm (1961) and 

Palmen & Platonoff (1943) the species occurs in 

more elevated sites than many of the other Bledius 

species. Thus, at Bergsmoen and Bleiknesmo 

in Saltdalen (NSI) the species was very abundant 

in microhabitat 4b and 4e. The species occurs regularly 

also in rather vegetated, somewhat shady 

habitats together with Dyschirius septentrionwn. 

Bledius poppiusi Bernhauer. 

TRY: Oldervikdalen, 25 August 1969. TRI: Kittdalen, 

25 June 1969. The species was abundant in 

rather moist, as well as in rather dry, fine sandysilty 

sites with some vegetation (coverage 1- 3) in 

Oldervikdalen. 

B. poppiusi is reported also from flotsam at lake 

shores in Norway (Strand 1946l. It is difficult to 

draw any conclusions about the habitat selection 

on the basis of such finds, and I find it legitimate 

to regard the species as rather dependent on running 

waters in Norway. 

Among 43 specimens from Oldervikdalen eleven 

specimens were quite pale. This indicates 

imaginal hibernation. 

Bledius talpa (Gyllenhall. 

0: Eide in Tune, 2 September 1981. Very abundant 

in a sand pit. NSI: R0ssaga, June 1972, one 

specimen. TRI: Kittdalselva, 25 June 1969, abundant; 

Buktelv, 7 July 1973, one specimen. 

In Norway, as elsewhere, the species occurs 

both on river banks and lake shores (Strand 1946, 

Palm 1961), and the occurrence in Tune shows 

that it is also able to colonize secondary, human 

made habitats. In Tune B. talpa occurred in coarse, 

moist sand as well as in rather dry. more 

fine grained sand. The vegetation was sparse or 

lacking. 

Stenus biguttatus (L). 

STI: Orkanger, at the river Orkla. The species is 

abundant on sparsely vegetated, moist, silty sites 

at the rivers Orkla and Gaula. S. biguttatus should 

be quite eurytopic (Palm 1961), but I have found 

the species exclusively on river banks in Central 

Norway. 

Stenus fossulatus Erichson. 

*0: Eide in Tune, 2 September 1981. Rather abundant 

in a clayish, V-facing slope above a brook. 

The clay was medium moist and with some vegetation 

of among others Tussi/ago farfara L. 

This habitat description is in full accordance 

with that given by Palm (1961). The species seems 

to be stenotopic for running waters in Norway 

and Sweden. 

Several other Stenus species, e.g. S. bimacula 

/Us Gyllenhal, S. strandi L. Benick, S. ruralis Erichson, 

S.juno Fabricius, S. canaliculatus Gyllen 

65

hal, are present on river banks. Except for S. bimaculalum, 

none of these species seem to be oligotopic 

or stenotopic for river banks in Norway 

and Sweden (see Palm 1961). 

Phi/onlhus subvirescens Thomson. 

'MRI; 5 km E of Sumadal, June 1970. ST!: Melhus, 

May, June, August, September 1962-1981. 

NTI: Bergsmoen, 4-5 August 1966. 

The species is abundant in sparsely vegetated, 

moist, silty sites at the localities studied (microhabitat 

4d). The species probably prefers such habitats 

(vide also Palm 1963) although I have found it 

rather sparsely also on stony-gravelly ground just 

as Palmen & Platonoff (J 943) have done. After a 

large flooding at the river Gaula (ST!: Melhus) in 

May 1981 crowdings were observed eating on 

dead, large earthworms. Like Slenus biguttatus 

this is a day active species. 

P. subvirescens is a stenotopic river bank species 

in Norway, but in Finland it occurs on lake 

shores as well (Palmen & Platonoff 1943). 

BrachYllsa concolor lErichson). 

NTI: Stiklestad, June 1972. 

The species occurs in moist, silty sites with moderate 

or sparse vegetation (microhabitat 4c-4d) 

at the rivers in Tf0ndelag (ST!, NTI) and Troms 

(TRI). [n Norway B. concolor must be regarded as 

an oligotopic river bank species, whereas it seems 

to be more eurytopic further to the south (Hansen 

1964). 

Ischnopoda lellcopus (Marsham). 

'HO!: Vinje, at the river Strandaelva, 15 June 

1972. NTI: StikJestad, 17 June 1972. 

The species is abundant on sparsely vegetated, 

moist silty ground at the rivers in Tf0ndelag (ST!, 

NTO. but it is quite eurytopic and also occurs on 

lake shores as well as in clay pits. 

Dasygnypeta velata lErichson). 

The species is abundant in the same microhabitats 

as BrachYllsa concolor at the river Gaula. Dasyg 

Ilypeta velala seems to be an oligotopic river bank 

species in Fennoscandia (Palm 1966). 

Hydrosmecta subtilissima (Kraatz). 

NTl: About 3 km S of Elvran at the river Leksa, 

25 May 1970. Under small stones and gravel of 

schist. The underlying substratum was heterogeneous. 

The species occurred together with Bembidion 

saxalile. The river is small and rapidly flowing. 

'NN0: Near Gamnes in Skjomen, 9 August 

! 981. Seven specimens under stones or, a 

moist, stony-gravelly bank of the river Skjoma. 

The underlying substratum was rather coarse, 

moist sand. 

At Rundhaug I have found the species together 

with Thinobills slrandi (vide this species). 

H. sllbtilissima is no doubt lithophilous (vide 

also Munster 1930; Jansson & Palm 1936; Palm & 

Lindroth 1936; Strand 1946; Lundberg 1972). 

The species seems to occur exclusively at running 

waters. H. sublilissima is very small 0.4 - I.5 

mm) and the species is probably overlooked and 

may have a more continuous distribution in Fennoscandia 

than is known at present. 

Hydrosmec1a thinobioides (Kraatz). 

NTI: About 3 km S of Elvran, 25 May 1970. Together 

with the foregoing species. 

Although H. thinobioides is abundant on gravelly 

and stony sites (Jansson & Palm 1936, Palmen 

& Platonoff 1943, Strand 1946) it is also frequent 

on sandy shores (Platonoff 1943, Hansen 

1964, Freude et al. 1974) and the species can not 

be regarded as lithophilous. The species occurs at 

streaming, as well as at stagnant waters (Strand 

1946, Hansen 1964). 

Aloconola cllrrax (Kraatz). 

'MRI: Uri in Valldal, June 1972, 3 specimens. 

NTI: About 3 km S of Elvran at the river Leksa, 

25 May 1970. One specimen together with Hydrosmec1a 

subti/issima (vide this species). TRI: 

Balsfjordelva, June 1969; Skakterelva 30 August 

1981, ten specimens; Puntaelva, July 1969. 

The available data from the literature (Munster 

1924, Jansson & Palm 1936) as well as my own 

experience indicate that A. currax is lithophilous. 

In this it is sharply separated from AloconOIa sui-I 

cifrons (Stephens) which is abundant in densely 

vegetated, somewhat shady site1(microhabitat 3a) 

on the river banks. A. currax has mostly been found 

close to the water, partly together with Bembidion 

hyperboraeorum. 

A. currax is probably a stenotopic river bank 

species (Strand 1946, Fjellberg 1972, Freude et al. 

1974l 

• 

Parocyusa rubicunda (Erichson). 

NTI: Bergsmoen, at the river Namsen 4-5 August 

1966. TRI: Setermoen, July 1959; Rundhaug; 

Skakterdalen, near the outlet of the river 

Skakterelva, September 1967. 'TRY: T0nsvika, 

near the outlet of the river T0nsvikelva; Troms0, 

July 1979. 

The species occurs in rather densely vegetated 

sites (microhabitat 3a, 4a) at the rivers. Although 

P. rubicunda must be regarded as an oligotopic river 

bank species in Fennoscandia (Palmen & Platonoff 

1943, Strand 1946) I have found several 

specimens in a lawn in Troms0. Also from other 

parts of Scandinavia the species is reported from 

secondary habitats (Palmquist 1954). 

Aleochara brundini (Bemhauer). 

STI: Melhus, at the river Gaula. 

The species is abundant in elevated, dry sites 

with a fine sandy-silty substratum with sparse vegetation 

(microhabitat 4e). This is in full accordance 

with the habitat description given by Strand 

(1946). According to Palm (J 946) the species occurs 

also on dry ground under stones or at the 

roots of plants, without connection with open water. 

A. brundini is most likely a stenotopic .or oligotopic 

river bank species in Norway. 

Fleutiauxe//us dermestoides (Herbst). 

According to Palmen & Platonoff (1943) the spe 

66

Table 2. The abudance (number per 0.125 m2) ofFleutiauxellus 

maritimus (Curtis) in different microhabitats 

at the outlet of the river Skakterelva in Dividalselva, 

June 1973. For explanation of symbols, see 

Table 1. 

Michrohabitat 

6al 6aII 

Abudance 

Number of samples of 

- 1970c. New records of Bembidion mckinleyi scan· 

dium Lth. (Coleoptera: Carabidae) in Fennoscandia. 

Astarte 3,37-39. 

- 1980. The geographical distribution of the members 

of the tribe Bembidiini (Col., Carabidae) in 

northern Norway. Fauna norv. B 27,9-16. 

FjeIlberg, A. 1972. Coleoptera from Hardangervidda. 

pp. 1-74 in: Kauri, H. (ed.): Fauna ofHardangervidda. 

Universitetsforlaget, Bergen - Oslo 

Troms0. 

Freude, H., K.W. Harde & G.A. Lohse 1964. Die Kilfer 

Mitteleuropas. 4. Staphylinidae I. Goecke & 

Evers. Krefeld. - 1974. Die Kilfer Mitteleuropas. 

5. Staphylinidae If. Goecke & Evers, Krefeld. 

- 1976. Die Kilfer Mitteleuropas. 2. Adephaga. f. 

Goecke & Evers. Krefeld. 

- 1979. Die Kilfer Mitteleuropas. 6. Diversicornia. 

Goecke & Evers. Krefeld. 

Hansen, V. 1964. Fortegnelse over Danmarks biller 

(Coleoptera). Ent. Meddr 33, 1-506. 

Jansson, A. & T. Palm 1936. Resultat av en coleopterologisk 

studieresa till nordvastra Jiimtlands fjaIltrakter. 

Ent. Tidsskr. 57, 180-226. 

Jeanell, R. 1967. Coh~opteres Carabiques I. Fauna 

Fr. 39, 1-571. 

Larsson, S.G. & G. Gigja 1959. Coleoptera I. Synopsis 

pp. 1-218 in: Bertelsen, E; H. Einarsson; A. 

Fridriksson; F. Gudmundsson;R. Spiirck and S.L. 

Tuxen (ed.: Zoology Iceland. Munksgaard, Copenhagen 

and Reykjavik. 

Lindroth, C.H. 1945. Die fennoscandischen Carabidae. 

I. Goteborgs K. Vetensk. - o. Vitterh. Samh. 

Had!. Ser. B4, 1-709. 

- 1960. Catalogus Coleopterorum Fennoscandiae et 

Daniae. Entomologiska Siillskapet, Lund. 

- 1974. Coleoptera Carabidae. Handbk Ident. Br. 

Insects 4 (2), 1-148. 

Lundberg, S. 1969. Nagra for Sverige nya skalbaggar. 

2. Enc. Tidskr. 90, 213-216. 

- 1972. Bidrag til kiinnedomen om svenska skalbaggar. 

13. Ent. Tidskr. 93, 42-56. 

Munster, T. 1924. Finnmarksvidden. En h0iarktisk 

fauna. Norsk ent. Tidsskr. /, 235-239. 

- 1930. Tillagg og bemerkninger til Norges koleopterfauna,Norsk 

ent. Tidsskr. 2, 158-200. 

- 1935. The Norwegian Cryptypnus. Norsk ent. 

Tidsskr. 3, 362-369. 

Nilssen, A.C. & J. Andersen 1977. Funn av Coleoptera 

fra Nord-Norge. Norv. J. Ent. 24, 7-9. 

Palm, T. 1946. Bidrag til kiinnedomen om de nordiska 

Aleochara-arternas systematik, utbredning 

och levnadssiitt. (Col. Staphylinidae). Ent. Tidskr. 

67,21-47. 

- 1961. Skalbaggar. Coleoptera. Kortvingar: Fam. 

Staphylinidae. Underfam. Oxytelinae, Oxyporinae, 

Steninae, Euasthetinae 2. Svensk insektfanua 

48, 1-126. 

- 1963. Skalbaggar. Coleoptera. Kortvingar: Fam. 

Staphylinidae. Underfam. Paederinae, Staphylininae 

3. Svensk insektfauna 49, 1-168. 

- 1966. De svenska Gnypeta-arterna (Col. Staphylinidae, 

A1eocharinael. Ent. Tidskr. 87, 136-141. 

Palm, T. & C.H. Lindroth 1936. Coleopterfaunan yid 

KIaralven. I. AIIman del. Ark. Zool. 28, 1-42. 

Palmen, E. & S. Platonoff 1943. Zur Aut6kologie 

und Verbreitung der Ostfennoskandischen Flus· 

suferkiifer. Suam. hyont. Aikak. 9, 74-195. 

Palmqvist, S. 1954. Coleopterologiskt interessanta 10 

kaler i Hiilsingborgstrakten. Ent. Tidskr. 75\ 

187-193. 

PlatonolT, S. 1943. Zur Kenntnis der Kilferfauna urn 

den See Paanajiirvi in Kuusamo, Nordfinnland. 

Notul. ent. 23, 76-144. 

Silfverberg, H. (ed.) 1979. Enumeratio Coleopterorum 

Fennoscandiae et Daniae. Helsingfors Entomologiska 

Bytesforening. 

Strand, A. 1943. Inndeling av Norge til bruk ved fau' 

nistiske oppgaver. Norsk ent. Tidsskr. 6, 

208-224. 

- 1946. Nord-Norges Coleoptera. TromsfJ Mus. 

Arsh. 67 (/944), 1-629. 

- 1977. Additions and corrections to the Norwegian 

part of Catalogus Coleopterorum Fennoscandiae 

et Daniae. Second series. Norw. J. Ent. 24, 

159-165. 

Received 18 Jan. 1982. 

68

Records of nine species of Ophioninae caught in light traps mainly in Vestfold and Hordaland, 

Norway, are given. Four of the species, Platophion areolaris (Brauns, 1890), P. ocellaris 

(Ullbricht, 1926), Ophion longigena Thomson, 1888, and O. parvulus Kriechbaumer, 

1879 are new to Norway. The known distribution in the Western palearctic region is outlined. 

Norwegian Lepidoptera species recorded as hosts abroad are given. 

Contribution to the knowledge of the Norwegian fauna of 

Ophioninae (Hym., Ichneumonidae) 

0YSTEIN WIIG 

Wiig, 0. 1982. Contribution to the knowledge of the Norwegian fauna of Ophioninae 

(Hym., Ichneumonida). Fauna norv. Ser. B 29, 69-71. 

0ystein Wiig, Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, N-5000 Bergen, Norway. 

INTRODUCTION 

The Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera) is one of the LIST OF SPECIES 

largest families in the animal kingdom. Townes 

(l%9) estimates the family to contain about 

60.000 species. In Norway the family is poorly 

known, and only two extensive studies have appeared 

recently Uussila 1973, 1976). 

The present paper deals with two genera of 

the subfamily Ophioninae, Platophion and Op(Oosterbroek 1978). 

hion. The former was synonymized with Ophion 

• by Townes & al. (1965), but as I follow Gauld 

(1973) and Oosterbrock (1978) Platophion is here 

treated as a valid genus. 

The term «Ophions» is frequently applied to 

nocturnal Ichneumonidae with large ocelli, long 

antennae and,pale yellow-brown body. These 

characteristics are however present in several 

• groups of Ichneumonidae and Brachonidae, but 

Ophioninae is in addition characterized by a 

long spurious vein in the second brachial cell. 

The species of this subfamily are protelean parasits 

on Lepidoptera larva. The adults are crepuscular 

or nocturnal. Nothing is known of 

their host preference in Norway, but Norwegian 

Lepidoptera species recorded as hosts abroad are 

given. The subfamily has a worldwide distribution 

(Townes 1970. 

• The material treated are mostly taken in light 

traps set out for nocturnal Lepidoptera. A total 

of 517 specimens have been examined, mainly 

from Vestfold and Hordaland. Four of the species 

recorded are new to Norway. 

The geographical division of Norway follows 

L0ken (1973). Known distribution in the Western 

Palaearctic region is outlined. 

Platophion areolaris (Brauns, 1890). 

YE: Tj0me, Mostranda, 9.-12. Aug. 1974, 19. 

The species is new to Norway. 

Also recorded from Kurland (Latvia) and Rumania 

(Schmiedeknecht 1933 - 36), England (very 

rare) (Gauld 1973), and The Netherlands (rare) 

P. ocellaris (Ullbricht, 1926). 

Hoi: Odda, 8 Aug. 1976, 39 9; Hoy: Bergen, Ervik, 

14-19 July 1976, 19,9 Aug. 1976, 19, 

Sretre 21 July 1973, I 9; SFy: Gulen, Eide, 29 

July-19 Aug. 1973,29 9. The species is new to 

Norway. 

Also recorded from Germany (Schmiedeknecht 

1933-36), England (very rare)(Gauld 1973), and 

The Netherlands (uncommon) (Oosterbroek 

1978). 

Ophion longigena Thomson, 1888. 

YE: Tj0me, Mostranda, 9-12 Aug. 1974, Id; 

Hoi: Odda, 8 Aug. 1976, I 9; Hoy: Bergen, Fjellsiden, 

15-19 July 11)76,299, 10 Aug. 1976, 

Id, Kalandsvann, 6-12 Aug. 1976, Id, Sretre, 

21 July 1973,.1 9; Os, Lii, 6-12 Aug. 1976, I 9; 

Ostef0Y, Haus, 4- 8 Aug. 1971, Id, Herland, 30 

Aug. - 4 Sep. 1972, I 9, Kleppe, 16 Aug. 1971, 

Id, 4 July 1972, Id; SFy: Gulen, Eide, 29 July 

- 19 Aug. 1973, 4d d. 


Also recorded from England, Finland, Germany, 

and Sweden (Schmiedeknecht 1933-30). 

Among it's hosts is Agrotis segetum (Denis & 

Schiffermiiller, 1775) (Noctuidae) (Schmiedeknecht 

1933-36). 

O. luteus (L., 1758). 

YE: N0Uef0Y, Herstad, 3 Aug. 1969, 2 dd, 9 

Aug. 1969, 7 d d + 799; Tj0me, Havna 

Fauna norv. Ser. B 29 .. 69-71. Oslo 1982. 

69

9-11 Aug. 1974, I cl; Hoy: Bergen, Sretre, 21 

July 1973, I cl + Q; Ostemy, Herland, 30 Aug. 

- 4. Sep. 1972, 2 Q Q, Holo, 20 - 25 Aug. 1972, 

2 Q Q, Kleppe, 2 Sep. 1971, 5 Q Q, Lono, II - 16 

Aug. 1972, IQ, Valestrandfossen, 31 Aug. - 4 

Sep. 1972, IQ. 

Distributed throughout Norway Oussila 1976) 

and Europe (Hellen 1926). 

Among it's hosts are Synanthedon formicaeformis 

(Esper, 1779) (Aegeriide); Poecilocampa populi 

(L., 1758), Lasiocampa quercus (L., 1758), Dendrolimus 

pini (L., 1758) (Lasiocampidae); Cerura 

vinula (L., 1758, C. bifida (Brahm, 1787) (Notontidae); 

Ochropleura praecox (L., 1758), Ceramica 

pisi (L., 1758), Hadena rivularis (Fabricius, 1775), 

H. bicrurus (Hufnagel, 1766), Panolis jlammea 

(Denis & Sciffermuller, 1775), Orthosia populeti 

(Fabricius, 178l), Mythimna ferrago (Fabricius, 

1787), Cucullia absinthii (L., 176l), Allophyes oxyacanthae 

(L., 1758), Aeronicta aceris (L., 1758), 

A. leporina (L., 1758), Colocasis coryli (L., 1758) 

(Noctuidae) (Morley 1914). 

O. mocsaryi Brauns, 1890. 

YE: Tj0me, Mo, 30 July 1969, IQ; Hoy: Bergen, 

Ervik, 9-14 July 1976 I cl, Fjellsiden, 15-19 

July 1976, 2Q Q, Flesland, 11-17 June 1976, 

2clcl, 17-22 June 1976, IQ, Grimstad, 

14-19 July 1976, 2Q Q, Straume, 6-11 June 

1976,20 cl, 19-25 June 1976, I cl; Fjell, Eidsvag, 

17-22 June 1976, I cl, 22-30 June 1976, 

3 cl 0, Ongeltveit, 17 - 21 June 1976, I cl + 

IQ; Os, Gaassand, 18-22 May 1976, IQ, 22 

June-I July 1976, I cl, 20 May 1980, I cl. 

In Norway previously known from Hordaland 

Oussila 1973). Also recorded from England, Finland, 

Hungary, and The Netherlands (Schmiedeknecht 

1933-36). 

Among it's hosts are Biston bewlaria (L., 1758) 

(Geometridae) (Schmied&knecht 1933 - 36). 

O. obscuratus Fabricius, 1798. 

YE: N0ttemy, Vestfjordv., 14 May 1974, IQ; 

Sem, Akersmyra, 8 May 1974, I cl; Tj0me, Mostranda, 

22-28 Sep. 1974,30 cl; Hoy: Bergen, 

Ervik, 1-5 June 1976, IQ, 8-10 June 1976, 

2Q Q, 16-19June 1976, 4Q Q, 21-30 June 

1976, 4Q Q, 12-20 Sep. 1976, IQ, Espeland, 

25 May 1980, IQ, Fjellsiden, 15 - 18 June 1976, 

1 Q, Flesland, 22-25 May 1976, I cl, 25-30 

May 1976, 3 cl 'cl, 11-17 June 1976, IQ, Hausdalen, 

19-22 May 1976, I cl, Kalandsvann, 

18-22 May 1976, IQ, 22-25 May 1976, IQ, 

Lundatre, 22 - 25 June 1976, IQ, Straume, 

19-23 May 1976, I cl, 20-30 May 1976, 10 

+ 20 cl, 30 May-3 June 1976, I cl; Fjell, Eidesvag, 

19-27 Aug. 1976, 20 cl, Ongeltveit, 

23-29 May 1976, 2 cld + IQ, 2-6 June 1976, 

IQ; 0&, Gaassand, 18 - 22 May 1976, 3 cl cl, 20 

May 1980, I cl, Lii, 30 May- 3 June 1976, I cl, 

3-11 June 1976, IQ, 11-16 June 1976, IQ, 

20-28 Sep. 1976, I cl, 20 May 1980, 2 cl cl + 

1 Q; Oster0y, Hamre, 20-24 Sep. 1971, 2 Q

1972, 4Q Q, 4-15 Oct. 1972, 2Q Q, Revheim, 

12-26 Aug. 1972, loo + 2Q Q, 31 Aug.-4 

Sep. 1972, 17 Q Q, 4 - 9 Sep. 1972, I 0 + 

6Q Q,9-14Sep.1972,3Q Q,4-150ct.1976, 

15 Q Q; SFy: Gulen, Eide, 29 July-19 Aug. 

1973, 10 + IQ, Steine, 16 Oct.-31 Nov. 1973, 

3 Q Q. 


Also recorded from England (Morley 

1914),Germany and Hungary (Schmiedeknecht 

1933 - 36), Finnland Oussila 1968), and The Netherlands 

(Oosterbroek 1978). 

Among it's hosts are Phi/udoria potatoria (L., 

1758) (Lasiocampidae) and Orthosia cruda (Denis 

& Schiffermuller, 1775) (Noctuidae) (Oosterbroek 

1978). 

O. pteridis Kriechbaumer, 1879. 

YE: Tj0me, Mo, 25 July 1969, 20 0 + IQ, 30 

July 1969, 2 Q Q, Mostr&nda, 4-13 Aug. 1974, 

2 Q Q; Hoi: Odda, 8 Aug. 1976, I 0; Hoy: Bergen, 

Ervik, 30 June-5 July 1976, 10, 14-19 

July 1976, IQ, 3 Aug. 1976, 80 0 + IQ, 9 

Aug. 1976,200, 12 Aug. 1976, 10,20-27 

Aug. 1976,200 + 3Q Q, 27 Aug.-12 Sep. 

1976,10 + 2Q Q, 12-20Sep.1976,20 0 + 

3Q Q, Fjellsiden, 10 Aug. 1976, IQ, 12 Aug. 

1976,200,25-27 Aug. 1976, IQ, 9-14 Sep. 

1976, IQ, Hausdalen, 15 -19 July 1976, I 0, 

24-29 July 1976, IQ, 29 July-2 Aug. 1976, 

IQ, Kalandsvann, 10-15 July 1976, IQ, 

12 - 20 Sep. 1976, IQ, Saudalskleivane, 19 - 24 

July 1976, 10,9 Aug. 1976, IQ, 27 Aug.-12 

Sep. 1976, IQ, 20 Sep. - 20 Oct. 1976, I 0 + 

IQ, Straume, 28 July-2 Aug. 1976, 10,6-11 

Aug. 1976, 2 Q Q, 27 Aug. 1976, I 0, 27 

Aug. - 3 Sep. 1976, 3 Q Q; Os, Gaassand, 20 

Aug.-3 Sep. 1976,200 + 2Q Q, Lii, 10-15 

July 1976, IQ, 2-6 Aug. 1976, 10 + IQ, 

17-20 Aug. 1976, 3Q Q, 3-12 Sep. 1976, 

8Q Q, 12-20 Sep. 1976, 3Q Q, 20-26 Sep. 

1976, IQ, L6ndatre, 3-12 Sep. 1976, IQ; Ostemy, 

Hamre, 24-27 Sep. 1971, 2Q Q, Haus, 

16 - 24 Sep. 1971, IQ, Herland, 30 Aug. -4 Sep. 

1972, 5Q Q, Kleppe, 2 Sep. 1971, IQ, 4 July 

1972, IQ, 15-17 Aug. 1972, 2Q Q, Lono, 31 

Aug. -4 Sep. 1972, IQ, 4-9 Sep. 1972, 4 Q Q, 

Revheim, 4- 9 Sep. 1972, 4 Q Q; Stord, Rommeltveit, 

7-13 Sep. 1975, 6 Q Q; SFy: Gulen, 

Eide, 29 July-19 Aug. 1973, IQ, Steine, 16 

Oct.-31 Nov. 1973, IQ. 

In Norway previously known from Rogaland 

Oussila 1976).AIso recorded from Germany 

(Schmiedeknecht 1933-36), England (Gauld 

1973), and The Netherlands (Oosterbroek 1978). 

O. scutel/aris Thomson, 1888. 

I 

I 

R: Egersund, Fjellstedt, I May 1973, 3 Q Q; Hoy: 

Fjell, Ongeltveit, 20-23 May 1976, IQ. 

In Norway previously known from Sogn og Fjor 

I dane (L0ken 1966). Distributed throughout 

J 

Middle and North Europe (Schmiedeknecht 

1933-36). 

Among it's hosts are Mamestra brassicae (L., 

1758), Ceramica pisi (L., 1758), Hadena bicrurus 

(Hufnagel, 1766), Agrochola Iota (Clerck, 1759), 

and Cosmia trapezina (L., 1758) (Noctuidae) 

(Morley 1914). 


I am indebted to T. Andersen for supplying me 

with «Ophions» caught in his light traps and for 

critically reading the manuscript, to R. Jussila 

for checking some of my identifications, and to 

A. Fjeldsa for helping me with names of Norwegian 

Lepidoptera. 

REFERENCES 

Gauld, L.D. 1973. Notes on the British Ophionini 

(Hym., Ichneumonidae) including a provisional 

key to species. Entomologists Gaz. 24. 55 -65. 

Hellen, W. 1926. Beitriige zur kenntnis Ichneumoniden 

Finnlands. n. Acta Soc. Fauna Florafenn 56. 

6, 27 pp. 

Jussila, R. 1973. Ichneumonidae from Hardangervidda. 

Fauna Hardangervidda 2, 50 pp. 

- 1976. Contribution to the knowledge of the Norwegian 

fauna of Ichneumonidae (Hymenoptera, 

parasitical. Norw. J. Ent. 23, 97 -120. 

L0ken, A. 1966. Ekskursjonsberetning. Insekter og 

arachnoider samlet under den 13. Nordiske Entomologm0tets 

ekskursjon til Flam (SFi: Aurland) 

13 -16 August 1965. Norsk ent. Tidsskr. 13, 

371-386. 

- 1973. Studies on Scandinavian bumble bees (Hymenoptera, 

Apidae). Norsk ent. Tidsskr. 20, 

1-218. 

Morley, C. 1914. Ophioninae. The Ichneumons of 

Great Britain 5, X + 400 pp. 

Oosterbroek, P. 1978. Dutch Ophionini (Hymenoptera, 

Ichneumonidae, Ophioninae). Ent. Berg. 38, 

103-112. 

Schmiedeknecht, O. 1933-36. Ophioninae. Opusci 

Ichneumonologica Suppl. 3-4, 571 pp. 

Strand, A. 1943. Inndeling av Norge til bruk ved faunistiske 

oppgaver. Norsk ent. Tidsskr. 6, 

208-224. 

Townes, H. 1969. The genera of Ichneumonidae I. 

Mem. Am. ent. Inst. 11, 300 pp. 

- 1971. The genera of Ichneumonidae 4. Mem Am. 

ent. Inst. 17, 372 pp. 

Townes, H., Momoi, S. and Townes, M. 1965. A catalogue 

and reclassification of the Eastern palearctic 

Ichneumonidae. Mem. Am. ent. Inst. 5, 661 pp. 

Received 7 Oct. 1981. 

71

The effect of latitude on colony size in Bombus monticola 

Smith and B. lapponicus (Fabricius) (Hym., Apidae). 

PATRICIA E. YALDEN 

Yalden, P.E. 1982. The effect of latitude on colony size in Bombus monticola Smith and B. 

lapponicus (Fabricius) (Hym., Apidae). Fauna norv. Ser. B. 29,72-73. 

Svensson (I 979) suggested that small colony size of B. monticola and B. lapponicus in northern 

Sweden, was the result of the severe climate at the altitude at which the nests were found. 

Studies in the Peak District, England, indicate that a more northerly latitude, rather 

than altitude, may be a factor limiting colony size. 

Patricia E. Yalden, Zoology Departement, Manchester University, Oxford Road, Manchester, 

MI3 9 PL England. 

INTRODUCTION 

B. monticola Smith and B. lapponicus (Fabricius) 

are recorded as forming small colonies (L0ken 

1973, Svensson 1979). Reinig (I965) records a 

colony of B. lapponieus from northern Norway 

(Malselv: Andsfjell, latitude 69°N) which contained 

only «about two dozen cocoons». Svensson 

and Lundberg (1977), working in northern Sweden 

(Abisko, latitude 68°N), found 11 B. lapponicus 

nests containing from 17 to 61 (mean 30.5) 

cocoons. In the same region they also found 

nests of B. montieola ( = B. scandinavieus) and B. 

lucorum (L.) containing 103 and 113 cocoons respectively. 

All these nests were considered to be 

fairly small. 

Sladen (1912) and Alford (I 975) record B. lucorum 

as having populous colonies of 200 plus 

workers. This fact, coupled with the relatively 

small size of the single B. lueorum nest that he 

found, led Svensson (I979) to suggest, that the 

climate of a mountainous habitat limits colony 

size. He felt that what had previously been thought 

of as a characteristic of B. lapponicus and 

B. montieola, i.e. small colony size, was in fact 

the effect of climate. 

Work in the Peak District, England, has yielded 

some more information on this topic. 

RESULTS 

During a study of bumblebees from 1977 to 

1981 in the Peak District, latitude 53oN, several 

nests were found. Five that were undamaged 

were excavated at the end of summer and their 

sizes are recorded in Table 1. 

In England B. montieola can form very large 

72 

nests; the mean number of cocoons per nest for 

B. monticola was 182.6 and for B. lucorum was 

208.5. B. lucorum is reputed to be a large colony' 

builder (Sladen 1912, Alford 1,,975). The mean 

size ofthe Swedish nests was 36.5 for the subgenus 

Pyrobombus and 113 for B. lucorum (Table 

1). Thus the average size of the English nests 

was larger than the Swedish nests. 

The altitudes at which the English B. lucorum 

nests were found (350 m and 380 m) are very si: 

rnilar to that of the B. lucorum nest (375 m) found 

by Svensson & Lundberg (1977). The larger 

mean size of the English nests suggests that in 

this case altitude alone is not important in determining 

nest size. 

DISCUSSION 

Bumblebee nests are difficult to fmd and the 

small sample could have produced misleading 

results as there was considerable variation in 

nest size within a species and also, because nest 

size had to be compared between subgenera rather 

than species. 

The Swedish B. monticola nest was much larger 

than the B. lapponicus nests found in the 

same area which throws doubt upon the validity 

of comparing taxa above the species level. 

Colony size could also be underestimated if 

nests were excavated before reaching maximum 

size or if cocoons had been destroyed. 

Notwithstanding these reservations, the Peak 

District nests are larger than the Swedish nests; 

this suggests that a more northerly latitude limits 

bumblebee size. This is not surprising as the 

length of the flowering season, and thus the 

bumblebees' active period, is curtailed further 

Fauna norv. SeT. B 29: 72-73. Oslo 1982.

Table I. Bumblebee nests from two different latitudes. 

Data from Sweden, Svensson & Lundberg (J 977). Date, date on which nests excavated; altitude, altitude at which 

nests found; no: cocoons, number of cocoons in each nest. B. lapponicus from II nests, all other results from single 

nests. 

Peak District, England, latitude 53 N. Abisko, Sweden, latitude 68 N. 

Species date altitude no: mean no: date altitude no: mean no: 

cocoons cocoons 

cocoons cocoons 

B. monticola 19.9.77 380 m 144 12.7.75 675 m 103 

B. monticola 24.8.80 365 m 323 182.6 

B. monticola 23.8.80 305 m 81 J 36.5 

B. lapponicus Does not occur in Britain. 16 July-13 Aug 

1972-1975 380-950 m 17-61 

B.lucorum 27.8.79 350 m 126 

B.lucorum 19.9.81 380 m 291 } 208.6 

9.8.73 375 m 113 113 

north. L0ken (1973) records the flight season for 

B. lapponicus from the beginning of May until 

September in Scandinavia but Svensson (1979) 

found that in northern Sweden B. lapponicus 

and B. monticola have very reduced active periods 

of less than 2 months. In contrast, in the 

Peak District, England, B. monticola queens are 

flying in mid April during a warm Spring, and 

some workers are still active at the end of September. 


.I should like to thank the Staffordshire Naturalists' 

Trust and the Peak Park Planning Board 

for access to th.eir land, Professor E.R. Trueman 

for providing laboratory facilities and Drs. R.R. 

• Askew and D.W. Yalden for their advice on the 

preparation of this manuscript. 

REFERENCES 

Alford, D.V. 1975. Bumblebees. Davis-Poynter Ltd. 

London. 

L0ken, A. 1973. Studies on Scandinavian bumblebeen 

(Hymenoptera, Apidae). Norsk ent. Tidsskr. 

20, 1-218. 

Reining W.F. 1965. Die Verbreitungsgeschichte 

zweier fur die Apenninen neuer boreoalpine 

Hummelarten mit einem Versuch der Gleiderung 

boreoalpiner Verkreitungsformen. Zool. lb. Syst. 

93, 103-142. 

Sladen, F.W.L. 1912. The Humble-bee, its life history 

and how to domesticate it. Macmillan & Co. London. 

Svensson, B.G. 1979. Pyrobombus lapponicus auet., 

in Europe recognised as two species: P. lapponicus 

(Fabricius 1793) and P. monticola (Smith 

1849) (Hymenoptera, Apoidea, Bombinae). Ent. 

scand. 10, 275-296. 

Svensson, B.G. & Lundberg, H. 1977. Distribution of 

bumblebee nests in a subalpine/alpine area in relation 

to altitude and habitat. Zoon 5, 63 -72. 

Received 28 Dec. 1981. 

73

Nye funn av Coleoptera fra More og Romsdal 

ODDVAR HANSSEN OG HANS OLSVIK 

Hanssen, O. & H. Olsvik. New records of Coleoptera from M0re and Romsdal. Fauna norv. 

Ser. B 29,74-77. 

This article presents a list of 9l> species of Coleoptera which are new to the inner and outer 

regions of M0fe and Romsdal province in Norway. 

The distribution of Coleoptera in this part of the country is poorly known. Most of these 

records are of species widely distributed in southern Norway, but which have not been reported 

previously from M0re and Romsdal. Exceptions are Oedemera Jemorata (ScopoJi) 

and Rhantus notaticol/is (Aube), which have recently reported as being new to Norway. 

Ampedus pomonae (Stephens), Aromia moschata (L.) and Acanthoderes clavipes (Schank) 

have previously been found only in the more southern areas of the country, while Acanthoderes 

clavipes (Schank) has been recorded only around Oslofjord and in northern part of 

Hedmark. 

Oddvar Hanssen, Langslagt. 8, N-6600 Sunndals0ra, Hans Olsvik, Zool. Mus., Sars gt. I, N 

Oslo 5. 

Vi presenterer her funn av 96 billearter som tidligere 

ikke er registrert i de respektive omradene 

av M0re og Romsdal fylke (Strand 1943, Lindroth 

1960, Zachariassen 1977, Engdal & Zachariassen 

1979, Refseth 1979). Artikkelen 

kommer som tillegg til publiserte funn av Oedemera 

femorata (Scopoli) (Dragseth & Hanssen 

198.1) og Rhantus notaticollis (Aube) (Dolmen & 

Hanssen, 1982). 

Nomenklaturen f01ger Silfverberg (I 979). 

De fleste artene er kun funnet som enkeltindivider, 

det framgar saledes'ikke i presentasjonen 

om noen funn representerer flere individer. Foruten 

undertegnedes eget materiale, har Alf HaraId 

Dragseth, Hoelsandvegen, N-6600 Sunndals0ra 

bidratt med noen funn. 

Funnene er gjort ved tilfeldige innsamlinger 

moo slaghav, fallfeller, leting under steiner, bark 

og pa blomster etc. Materialet oppbevares hos 

forfatterne og A.H. Dragseth. 

M0re og Romsdal er et av vare minst unders0kte 

fylker angaende billers utbredelse. Det er 

saledes ikke oppsiktsvekkende med sapass 

mange nye funn. De fleste presenterte arter er 

tidligere funnet i de tilst0tende omriider, og ma 

betegnes som vanlig utbredt i landsdelen. Unntak 

er kommentert i listen. 

Vi retter en takk til Dag Dolmen, Jostein Engdal, 

Dagfinn Refseth og Karl Erik Zachariassen 

for kontroll og hjelp til artsbestemming av vart 

materiale. Vi takker videre John Brittain for a ha 

lest gjennom og rettet den engelske teksten. 

74 

Cicindela campestris L. 

MRi: Seljeoomarka i AIvundfjord, Sunndal 

11 mai 1975. Orheiman, Sunndal 19 mai 

1978. 0vre Folldalsvegen, Surnadal 15. mai 

1980. Hoelsand, Sunndal 16. mai 1980. • 

Loricera pilicornis (Fabricius) 

MRy: Aure, Aure 20. mai 1979. 

Asaphidion pallipes (Duftschmid) 

MRi: Todalen, Surnadal 2. juni 1980. Gma, 

Sunndal 11. juli 1981. 

Patrobus assimilis Chaudoir. 

MRy: Aure, Aure 20. mai 1979. 

Patrobus septentrionis Dejean. 

MRy: Foldfjord, Aure 25. mai 1979. 

Trechus rubens (Fabricius). 

MRi: Todalen, Surnadal 30. mai 1980. 

Bembidion difficile (Motschulsky). 

MRi: Rornfo, Sunndal 19. mai 1978. 

Bembidion quadrimaculatum (L.). 

MRi: Orheiman, Sunndal 8. Juni 1980. 

Agonum gracile (GyllenhaI). 

MRy: Eide pa Nordm0re 15. juli 1978. 

Amara communis (Panzer). 

MRy: Knudtzondalen, Kristiansund 12. juli 

1979. 

Amara eurynota (Panzer). 

MRi: Fagerhaugen, Sunndal 29. juti 1975. 

Harpalus solitaris Dejean. 

( = fuliginosus Duftschmid) MRi: Rindal 

1976. 

Hydroporus lapponum (Gyllenhal). 

MRi: Gruvedalen, Sunndal (840 m.o.h.) 

Fauna norv. Ser. B 29: 74-77. Oslo /982.

Hydroporus erythrocephalus (L.). 

MRi: Reinset i Alvundfjord, Sunndal 25. september 

1979. 

Platambus maculatus (L.). 

MRi: Hovin, Sunndal 7. september 1979. 

Agabus guttatus (PaykuU). 

MRi: Gf0nn0rene, Sunndal 31. mai 1975. 

Almberg, Rindal 8. mai 1979. 

Agabus bipustulatus (L.). 

MRi: Rindal, arlig 1973 - 79. Ma:hle, Sunndal 

7. september 1979. 

Agabus sturmi (GyllenhaO. 

MRi: Rindal, arlig 1973 -79. Ma:hle og 

Vinnu, Sunndal 7. september 1979. R0yhjell, 

Sunndal 9. september 1979. Tredal, Sunndal 

24. september 1979. Reinset i Alvundfjord, 

Sunndal 25. september 1979. 

Agabus congener (Thunberg). 

MRi: Ma:hle, Sunndal 7. september 1979. 

Hakactalen, Sunndal (IOOO m.o.hJ august 

1980. 

Ilybius fuliginosus (Fabricius). 

MRi: Rindal, arlig 1973-79. Mrehle og Hovin, 

Sunndal 7. september 1979. Furu, Sunndal 

24. september 1979. Reinset i Alvundfjord, 


Ilybius angustior (GyllenhaO 

MRi: Gruvedalen, Sunndal (840 o.h.) 15. mai 

1980. 

Ilybius aenescens Thomson. 

MRi: Rindal 8. juli 1978. 

• Rhantus notaticollis (Aube). 

MRi: Vinnu, Sunndal 20. august 1980. Arten 

ble rapportert ny for Norge (Tr0ndelag og 

Nordm0fe) av Dolmen & Hanssen (I982). 

Lokaliteten i Sunndal, hvor ett eksemplar av 

arten ble fanget, er en liten dam (60 m.o.h.) 

omkranset av frodig 10vskog. Vannvegetasjonen 

bestar bl.a. av starr (Carex sp.), myrhatt 

(Comarum palustre L.), bukkeblad (Menyanthes 

trifoliata L.) og vanlig tj0nnaks (Potamogeton 

natans L.). 

Rhantus suturellus (Harris). 

MRi: Rindal, arlig 1974 -77. Alvvatna i Alvundfjord, 

Sunndal 22. mai 1976. Gruvedalen, 

Sunndal (840 m.o.hJ 15. mai 1980. Naustadalen, 

Surnadal (650 m.o.hJ 11. juni 

1980. MRy: Kristiansund h0sten 1976. 

Colymbetes paykulli Erichson. 

MRi: Rindal, arlig 1973-79. Reinset, Alvundfjord, 


Gruvedalen, Sunndal (840 m.o.hJ 15. mai 

1980. 

Colymbetes dolobratus (PaykuU). 

MRi: Gruvedalen, Sunndal 15. mai 1980 

(840 m.o.h.). 

Acilius sulcatus L. 

MRi: Rindal, arlig 1973-81. Seljeb0botn i 

Alvundfjord, Sunndal (570 m.o.hJ 4. juli 

1976. Vinnu, Sunndal 7. september 1979. 

R0yhjell, Sunndal 9. september 1979. 

Acilius canaliculatus (Nicolai). 

MRi: Rindal, arlig 1974 -77. 

Dytiscus lapponicus Gyllenhal. 

MRi: Seljeb0botn i Alvundfjord, Sunndal 

(570 m.o.hJ 4. juli 1976. 

Gyrinus opacus Sahlberg. 

MRi: Seljeb0botn i Alvundfjord, Sunndal 

(570 m.o.hJ 4. juli 1976. 

Gyrinus minutus Fabricius. 

MRi: Rindal, arlig 1974-79. Vinnu, Sunndal 

21. mai og 20. august 1980. 

Thanatophilus rugosus (L.). 

MRi: Hoelsand, Sunndal 23. juli 1978 (AR 

Dragseth). 

Creophilus maxillosus (L.). 

MRi: Sande, Sunndal juni 1973 og august 

1980. Hasen0rene, Sunndal 27. juni 1975. 

Hister unicolor L. 

MRi: Sande, Sunndal juni 1974. 

Hister striola Sahlberg. 

MRi: Hasen0rene, Sunndal 19. juni 1975. Fagerhaugen, 

Sunndal 17. mai, 22. juni 1976 

og 13. juni 1977. Sande, Sunndal 24. juni 

1978. MRy: Aure, Aure 20. mai 1979. 

Hister merdarius Hoffmann. 

MRi: Hoelsand, Sunndal 11. mai 1976. 

Geotrupes stercorarius (L.). 

MRi: Smiset i Alvundfjord, Sunndal 16. mai 

1975. Sande, Sunndal 5. juni 1975. 

Geotrupes stercorosus (Scriba) 

MRi: Orheiman, Sunndal 18. juni 

1976.MRy: Roldfjord, Aure 27. mai 1979. 

Aphodius depressus (Kugelann) 

MRi: Sande, Sunndal 15. juni 1975. 

Aphodius fimetarius (L.) 

MRy: Anes, Aure 20. mai 1979. 

Dictyoptera (= Dictyopterus) aurora (Herbst) 

MRi: Igletj0nna, Rinda116. mai 1975. Df0ppingstranda, 

Sunndal 7. juni 1975. Todalen, 

Surnadal 2. juni 1980. 

Cantharis figurata Mannerheim. 

MRi: Igletj0nna, Rindal 1975. 

Athous subfuscus (Muller). 

MRi: Fagerhaugen, Sunndal17. mai, 27. mai 

1976 og 19. mai 1980. Rindal 30. mai og 1. 

juli 1978. Hoelsand, Sunndal 16. mai 1980. 

Limonius (= Pheletes) aeneoniger (De Geer) 

MRi: Almberg, Rindal9. mai 1975. Fagerhaugen, 

Sunndal 22. juni 1976. MRy: Foldfjord, 

Aure 27. mai 1979. 

75

Denticollis linearis (L.) 

MRi: Fagerhaugen, Sunndal 1. juni 1975, 16. 

og 22. juni 1976. Hasen0rene, Sunndal 10. 

juni 1976. 

Cidnopus (= Limonius) aeruginosus (Oliyer) 

MRi: Gikling, Sunndal 13. juni 1977. 

Hypnoidus ( = Hypolithus) riparius (Fabricius) 

MRi: Sande, Sunndal 2. mai 1977 og 13. mai 

1980. Viklandet, Sunndal 26. september 

1977. Rindal 30. mai 1978. 

Corymbites pectinicornis (L.) 

MRi: Bj0rnhjell, Sunndal 7. juni 1975. Fagerhaugen, 

Sunndal 19. juni 1975. Hoel, Sunndal 

31. mai 1979. Almberg, Rindal 4. juni 

1979. 

Actenicerus (= Corymbites) sjaelandicus (Muller) 

MRi: Igletj0nna, Rindal 4. juni 1979. 

Anostirus (= Corymbites) castaneus (L.) 

MRi: Almberg, Rindal 9. mai 1975. Hoel, 

Sunndal 19. mai 1978. Furu, Sunndal 7. juli 

1978 (A.H. Dragseth). Hoelsand, Sunndal 9. 

juni 1979 (A.H. Dragseth). Virumdalen, 

Sunndal 19. mai 1981. 

Prosternon tesselatum (L.) 

Fagerhaugen, Sunndal 30. juni 1975. Hoel, 

Sunndal19. mai 1978. Rinda14.juni 1979. 

Selatosomus (= Corymbites) impressus (Fabricius) 

MRi: Hoel, Sunndal 19. mai 1978. Todalen, 

Surnadal 2. juni 1980. 

Ampedus (= Elater) pomonae (Stephens) 

MRi: Igletj0nna, Rindal 1975. Dette funnet 

representerer ny nordgrense for arten i 

Norge. 

Ampedus (= Elater) tristis (f.) 

MRi: Seljeb0marka i AIYundfjord, Sunndal 

18. mai 1981. 

Agriotes obscurus (L.) 

MRi: Fagerhaugen, Sunndal 13. juni og 19. 

juli 1977. Rornfo, Sunndal 19. mai 1978. 

Cardiophorus ruficollis (L.) 

MRi: Hoelsand, Sunndal 17. juni 1979. 

Cytilus sericeus (Forster) 

MRi: Hoel, Sunndal 4. oktober 1976. Sunndals0ra, 

Sunndal 23. juli 1979. Todalen, Surnadal 

4. juni 1980. 

Dermestes lardarius L. 

MRi: Todalen, Surnadal 4. juni 1980. Sande, 

Sunndal 28. juni 1980. 

Anthrenus museorum (L.) 

MRi: Sande, Sunndal 11. april 1981. Arten 

ble funnet inne i hus. 

Grynobius planus (Fabricius) (= tricolor (Oliyer) 

MRi: Fagerhaugen, Sunndal 22. juni 1976. 

Niptus hololeucus (Faldermann) 

MRi: Sande, Sunndal 9. oktober 1976. 

Thanasimus formicarius (L.) 

MRi: Arammen pa Alvundeid, Sunndal 17. 

mai 1978. Gj0ra, Sunndal 17. mai 1979. 

Pityophagus ferrugineus (L.) 


Rhizophagus parvulus (Paykull) 

MRi: Hoelsand, Sunndal 16. mai 1980. 

Aphidecta obliterata (L.) 

MRi: Sande, Sunndal 12. august 1977. 

Coccinella trifasciata L. 

MRi: GruYedalen, Sunndal 3. juli 1977. 

(A.H. Dragseth). Lindalen, Sunndal (830 

m.o.h.) 14. juli 1976. 

Coccinella undecimpunctata L. 

MRi: Sunndals0ra, Sunndal 25. juni 1980. 

Myrrha octodecimguttata (L.) 

MRi: Rindal, Rindal 31. juli 1978. 

Calvia quattordecimguttata (L.) 


Hoel, Sunndal 19. mai 1978. 

Myzia (= Paramysia) oblongogu,tata (L.) 

MRi: Rindal, Rindal 4. juni 1978. Hoelsand, 

Sunndal 14. juni 1980. 

Byturus tomentosus Fabricius. 

MRi: Rindal arlig 1973 - 81. Fagerhaugen, 

Sunndal 27. mai og 22. juni 1976. Vinnu, 

Sunndal 21. mai 1980. 

Oedemera femorata (Scopoli) 

MRi: Hoel, Sunndal 7. juni 1979. Litle-Fale, 

Sunndal 25. juli 1980. Disse funnene er gjort 

langt fra artens nrermeste tidligere kjente 

funnsted, som er Bohuslan i Syd-Syerige, og 

representerer trolig en relikt populasjon. 

Sunndalens gunstige klima og yegetasjon 

(frodige 10Yskoger med h0gstaude-undervegetasjon 

og apne blomsterenger pa rasmark) 

kan gi grunnlag for populasjoner ay slike 

Yarmekjrere insektarter (Dragseth & Hanssen 

1981). 

Oedemera virescens (L.) 


Rindal 4. juni 1979. 

Schizotus pectinicornis (L.) 

MRi: Gikling, Sunndal 13. juni 1977. Hoel, 

Sunndal 19. mai 1978 og 31. mai 1979. AImberg, 

Rindal 4. juni 1979. 

Bolithophagus reticulatus (1.) 

MRi: Gj0ra, Sunndal 20. mai 1981. Nrermere 

tyve eksemplarer ble iaktatt (deray noen 

fanget) pa undersiden ay kjuker pa bj0rkestammer 

i ei sydyendt li (300 m.o.h.) med 

blandingsskog ay furu (Pinus silvestris L.) og 

bj0rk (Betula sp) Arten har en 0stlig utbre 

• 

76

delse i Norge, og er tidligere ikke registrert 

hverken i Vestlandsfylkene eller i S0r-Tf0ndeiag. 

Asemum striatum (L.) 

MRi: Smiset i Alvundfjord, Sunndal 23. juni 

1976. Hoel, Sunndal 24. juli 1978 (A.H. 

Dragseth). 

Tetropium castaneum (L.) 


Rhagium mordax (De Geed 

MRi: Orheiman, Sunndal 29. juli 1975. Seljeb0marka 

i Alvundfjord, Sunndal 22. mai 

1976. Vinnu, Sunndal 19. mai 1978. Rindal 

30. mai 1978. Mrehle, Sunndal august 1979. 

Hoelsand, Sunndal 16. mai 1980. Todalen, 

Surnadal 29. mai 1980. 

Evodinus interrogationis (L.) 

MRi: Ottem, Sunndal 7. juni 1975. Ett indiyid 

ble her fanget pa tyrihjelm (Aconitum septentrionale 

Koelle) i en 10vskog av graor 

Alnus incana (L.» og hegg (Prunus padus LJ 

Arten har en 0stlig utbredelse i Norge, og er 

tidligere ikke registrert i noen av Vestlandsfylkene. 

Alosterna tabacicolor (De Geed 

MRi: Orheiman, Sunndal 18. juni 1976. 

Hoel, Sunndal 23. juli 1978 (A. H. Dragseth). 

Aromia moschata (L.) 

MRi: Almberg, Rindal 10. august 1978. En 

hann ble tatt pa mj0durt (Filipendula ulmaria 

(L.» i ei sydvendt li med innslag av varmekjrere 

treslag som bl.a. aim (Ulmus glabra 

HudsJ Arten er tidligere registrert nord til 

indre Sogn og Fjordane. 

Monochamus sutor (L.) 

MRi: Hasen, Sunndal juni 1973. Sande, 

Sunndal 22'. august 1979. I2Jksendalen, Sunndal 

I. juli 1980. 

Acanthoderes clavipes (Schank). 

MRi: Hoel, Sunndal 29. juli 1977. 5-6 individer 

av arten ble funnet i en vedhaug (graor 

(Alnus incana (L.». Tidligere norske funn er 

gjort omkring Oslofjorden, samt i nordre del 

av Hedmark. 

Leiopus nebulosus (L.) 

MRi: Hoelsand, Sunndal 5. juli 1978. Ett individ 

ble funnet pa en vedstabel i tett 10vskog. 

Arten har en relativt sydlig utbredelse i Fennoskandia, 

men er i Norge funnet nord til og 

med S0r-Tf0ndelag (A.H. Dragseth). 

Saperda scalaris (L.) 

MRi: Rindal juni 1978. Hoelsand, Sunndal 5. 

juli 1978 og 14. juni 1979 (A.H. DragsetbJ 

Donacia versicolorea (Brahm) 

MRi: Vinnu, Sunndal 7. september 1979. 

Donacia obscura Gyllenhal 

MRi: Igletj0nna, Rindal 1975. Aivvatna i Aivundfjord, 

Sunndal 4. juli 1976. MRy: Vassgardsvatn, 

Eide pa Nordm0re 15. juli 1978. 

Bromius (= Adoxus) obscurus (L.) 

MRi: Vinnu, Sunndal 21. mai 1980. 

Gonioctena (= Phytodecta) viminalis (L.) 

MRy: Tingvoll 18. august 1979. 

Galerucella numphaeae (LJ (= sagittariae) GyllenhaO 

MRi: Rindal 19. juni 1977. 

Otiorhynchus lepidopterus (Fabricius) (= salicis 

Stf0m) 

MRi: Fagerhaugen, Sunndal 27. mai 1976. 

Pissodes pini (L.) 

MRi: Hoelsand, Sunndal 5. august 1977. 

Rindal I. juli 1978. 

Hylobius piceus (De Geed 

MRi: Todalen, Surnadal 4. juni 1980. 

Rhinoncus pericarpius (lJ 

MRi: Almberg, Rindal 4. juni 1979. MRy: 

Foldfjord, Aure 27. mai 1979. 

Hylurgops palliatus (GyllenhaO 

MRi: Todalen, Surnadal 29. mai 1980. 

Trypodendron lineatum (Oliver) 

MRi: Todalen, Surnadal 4. juni 1980. 

REFERENCES 

Dolmen, D. & Hanssen. O. 1982. Rantus notaticollis 

Aube (Col., Dytiscidae) a species new to Norway. 

Fauna norv. Ser. B 29. 

Dragseth, A.H. & Hanssen, O. 1981. BUlen Oedemera 

femorata Scopoli funnet i Sunndalen pit Nordm0re, 

MRi. Fauna norv. Ser. B 28. 

Engdal, J. & Zachariassen, K. E. 1979. New records 

of Coleoptera in Norway. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 26. 

Lindroth, C.H. (ed.) 1960. CatalogusColeopterorum 

Fennoscandiae et Daniae. Entomologiska siillsk., 

Lund. 

Refseth. D. 1979. Noen funn av Coleoptera fra Tr0ndelag 

og M0re. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 26. 

Silfverberg, H. (ed). 1979. Enumeralio Coleopterorum 

Fennoscandiae et Daniae. Helsingfors Entomologiska 

Bytesforening, Helsingfors. 


oppgaver. Norsk ent. Tidsskr. 6: 

208-224. 

Zachariassen, K.E. 1977. Nye funn av Coleoptera i 

Norge. Norw. J. Ent. 24: 147-148. 

77

Lepidoptera from Sigdal and adjacent districts, western 

Buskerud, Norway. Ill. Ditrysia (continued). 

TROND ANDERSEN, ARILD FJELDSA AND ASBJ0RN M0RCH (t) 

Andersen, T., Fjeldsa, A & M0rch, A. 1982. Lepidoptera from Sigdal and adjacent districts, 

western Buskerud, Norway. III. Ditrysia (continued). Fauna nom Ser. B. 29,78-84. 

A list of 30 I species of Lepidoptera of the superfamilies Hesperioidea, Papilionoidea, Bombycoidea, 

Geometroidea, Sphingoidea, Notodontoidea and Noctuoidea from western Buskerud 

is given. 165 of the species are previously not recorded from the area. 

Several mainly boreo-alpine species, viz.: Xestia collina (Boisduval, 1840), Xestia rhaetica 

(Staudinger, 1871), Hillia iris (Zetterstedt, 1839), Syngrapha diasema (Boisduval, 1829), 

Syngrapha microgamma (Htibner, 1823), and Spargania [uetuata (Denis & Schiffermtiller, 

1775), or continental species, viz.: Lampropteryx otregiata (Metcalfe, 1917), and Opigena po 

Iygona (Denis & Schiffermiiller, 1775), have got their known range in Fennoscandia extended 

to the southwest or west. 

Trond Andersen & Arild Fjeldsa, Dept. of Systematic Zoology,Museum of Zoology, N-5000 

Bergen, Norway. 

' 

INTRODUCTION 

Sigdal, from near the bottom of the valley system 

to somewhat beyond the treeline. The eas 

The present paper is the last in a series of three 

based on the collections made by the late Asbspruce 

forests intermixed with pine and hard 

ternmost part of the area is characterized by 

j0rn M0rch in Sigdal and adjacent areas in weswoods. 

Scattered Fraxinus excelsior and Acef 

tern Buskerud during the years 1968 to 1974. 

Two previous papers (Andersen et al. 1978, 

campestris here reach their northwest limits, 

1979) covers the Monotrysian groups and the 

while Ulmus glabra forms extensive stands in 

Ditrysia up to Pterophoroidea, while the remaidata 

have their northwest limits just south of 

south bent slopes. Quercus robur and Tilia corning 

part of Ditrysia, Hesperioidea up to Noctuthe 

area. In the eastern branches of the mountaoidea, 

is treated here. 

The only extensive list of Lepidoptera from 

ins further west the subalpine birch (Betula puwestern 

Buskerud was published by Strand 

bescensJ woods and shrubs extend. 

(J 899) from Al in Hallingdal. Further informa ~ 

tion on the «Macrolepidoptera» fauna of this region 

has appeared in distribution maps (Nord 

METHODS AND MATERIAL 

stram et al. 1955, 1961, 1969) and as records in M0rch's collecting activity in Sigdal was restric 

tabular form given for western Buskerud (Op ted to the Easter time and to the summer 

heim 1958, 1962, 1972). Single records have months. As practically no work was done on 

been published by Strand (190 I, 1902, 1904), immature stages, his collecting reflects the sum 

and by Opheim (1938, 1945, 1967, 1978). Fi mer aspects of imaginal activity. Material from 

nally, one record based on material included in Hollerud from early autumn 1970 and 1971 

the present paper was given by Andersen and was obtained through the assistance of Svein J. 

Fjeldsa (1974). 

Hollerud. 

Six species of Lepidoptera have previously The localities were worked with net and with 

been recorded from Sigdal (Opheim 1967). Two sugar baits. Light traps were operated at Holleof 

these, viz.: Maniolajurtina (L., 1758) and Ma rud, Juvet, Prestfoss, and for shorter periods, 

crothylacia rubi (L., 1758), were not taken by A. probably also elsewhere. 

M0rch. 

The flight period is given as the first and last 

STUDY AREA 

date of capture, regardless of the year, except in 

the case of single captures. Bivoltine cycles or 

The localities are listed in Table I. The majority imaginal hibernation is indicated by an interrupof 

the localities lie within the municipality of ted period. Information on abundance is, when 

J 

78 

Fauna norv. Ser. B 29, 78-84. Oslo I ~82.

-. 

Table I. Localities. 

Abbreviation Locality Municipality UTM-reference rn. a.s.1. 

Bh. 

Bs. 

Be. 

GI. 

Hb. 

Hr. 

Hs. 

Hv. 

Jt. 

Kr. 

Lo. 

Nb. 

Pf. 

Rb. 

Sn. 

Srn. 

St. 

Sb. 

SI. 

Sf. 

Ts. 

Td. 

Uo. 

Vb. 

AI 

Bergharnrneren 

Bassretra 

B0le 

Grirneli-skogen 

Haglebu 

Hollerud 

Hollerudsretra 

H0gevarde 

Juvet (Eggedal) 

Kaugerud 

Liodden st. 

Nesbyen st. 

Prestfoss 

R0dberg 

Soneren 

Solurnsrnoen 

Srniitjrerna 

Steinbotn 

Storeli 

Strandefjorden 

Tovaseter 

Tukudalen 

Ustaoset 

Vestbygda 

AI 

Sigdal 

Sigdal 

Sigdal 

Kf0dsherad 

Sigdal 

Sigdal 

Sigdal 

Nore 

Sigdal 

Sigdal 

Nes 

Nes 

Sigdal 

Nore 

Sigdal 

Sigdal 

Sigdal 

Hol 

Nes 

Hol 

Sigdal 

Sigdal 

Hol 

Sigdal 

AI 

32VNM0992 

32VNMI08748 

32VNMI34782 

32VNM3266 

32VNM099899 

32VNMI83803 

32VNMI89829 

32VNM060801 

32VNM205798 

32VNMI99790 

32VNN0910 

32VNN062 I59 

32VNM3557 

32VMM969814 

32VNM3256 

32VNM4348 

32VNMI490 

32VMN438085 

32VNNIOII 

--- 

32VNMI79879 

--- 

--- 

--- 

32VMN7621 

1260 

870 

620 

400 

820 

540 

950 

940 

480 

280 

170 

170 

140 

350 

110 

lOO 

1020 

990 

470 

450 

1000 

990 

490 

given, arrived from written notes and from 

what could be concluded from a few unsorted 

light trap batches. The number and sex given in 

• the list refers to material now kept in the Museum 

of Zoology, Bergen. 

THE SPECIES 

Hesperiidae 

Hesperia comma (L., 1758) Hb. July 1969 Id. Ochlodes 

venata (Brerner & Grey, 1852) Pf. 19 

June-24 July. Pyrgus alveus (Hiibner, 1803) Bs. 

2 July 1971 I 9. P. centaureae (Rarnbur, 1839) 

Bs. 2 July 1971 Id, 2 9 . 

Papilionidae 

Papilio machaon L., 1758 Pf. 22 June 1969 19. 

Pieridae 

Leptidea sinapis (L., 1758) Pf. 18 - 28 June 5 d, 39. 

Colias palaeno (L., 1761) GI. 21 - 22 June 1969 

, 

6 d, 29. Gonepteryx rhamni (L., 1758) Srn. 28 

July 1968 Id. Pieris brassicae (L., 1758) Lo. 23 

'" June 1969 Id, I 9. P. rapae(L., 1758) Srn. 28 

July 1968 I 9. P. napi (L., 1758) Td. 26 July 1968 

Id, I 9. Anthocharis cardamines (L., 1758) AI5 

June 1968 2 d , 2 9 . 

Nymphalidae 

Inachis io (L., 1758) Pf. June 1968. Aglais urticae (L., 

1758) Hb., Pf. 28 June and 29 July 2 d, 29. Mesoacidalia 

aglaJa (L., 1758)Td. 26 July 1968 Id. 

Fabriciana adippe (Denis & Schifferrniiller, 1775) 

Srn., Td. 26 and 28 July 39. Brenthis ino (Rotternburg, 

1775) Pf., Td. 28 June and 26 July 3 d. 

Boloria aquilonaris Stichel, 1908 Hb., Td., Uo. 18 

June-I Aug. 6 d, I 9. Clossiana selene

1780) Lo., Sf., Al 19-23 June 50, 99. Aricia 

artaxerxes (Fabricius, 1793) Vb.. Al 19 June and 

3 July 2 cl. Cyaniris semiargus (Rottemburg, 

1775) Lo., Pf., SI. June 9 cl, 49. 

Lasiocampidae 

Poecilocampa popuIUL., 1758) Vo. 5 Sept. 1970 10. 

Trichiura crataegi (L., 1758) Hb., Pf. 7 and 9 July 

2 cl. Eriogaster arbuscula Freyer, 1843 Hs. July 

1971, numerous larvae, ex. I. I 9 pupa, I 0 

hatched winter 1972-73. Dendrolimus pini (L., 

1758) Hr. 7-11 July 1970 Icl. 

Drepanidae 

Fah'aria lacertinaria (L., 1758) Jt. 21-23 June 1970 

I o. Drepanafalcataria (L., 1758) Hr., Jt. 19-26 

June 3 cl , 29. 

Thyatiridae 

Thyatira batis (L., 1758) Jt. 20-22 June 1970 4 cl. 

Tethea or (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Jt. 

20-26 June 1970, abundant. Ochropacha duplar;s(L., 

1761)Jt. 19June-11 JulY,common. 

Geometridae 

Archiearis parthenias (L., 1761) Hr., Lo. Apr. - May, 

not rare. A. notha (Hubner, 1803) Hr. 13 Apr. 

1971 I o. Geometra papilionaria (L., 1758) Hr., 

Jt., Pf. 17 July-6 Aug., abundant. Jodis putata 

(L., 1758) Hr., Jt. 20 June 2 d. Cyclophora albipllllctata 

(Hufnagel, 1767) Hr., Jt. 19 June-I I 

July. Timandra griseata (W. Petersen, 1902) Jt. 

21 June 1970 10. Scopula incanata (L., 1758) 

Hr., Jt. 20 June-I 0 July, abundant. S. jloslactata 

(Haworth, 1809) Hr. 24 June-I I July. S. temata 

Schrank, 1802 Hr., Jt. 19 June-I I July, abundant. 

Idaea aversata (L., 1758) Jt., Pf. 19 - 24 

June 30, I 9. I. biselala (Hufnagel, 1767) Hr., 

Pf. 19-26 June. Scotopteryx che/lOpodiala (L., 

1758) Hr., Jt., Pf. 30 June-6 Aug., abundant. 

Xanthorhoe lll11nitata (Hubner, 1809) Hb., Pf., St., 

Uo. 30 June-28 July, abundant. X. spadicearia 

(Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Hr., Jt. 20 June 

II July, abundant. X. ferrllgata (Clerck, 1759) Jt., 

Pf. 19-26 June, 30 July-20 Aug., not rare. X. 

a/lllOtinata (Zetterstedt, 1839) Bs., Do. 18 June 

and 2 July 2 0 , I 9. X. montanata (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775) Hr., Jt., Pf. 20 June-4 July, 

common. X. jluctuata (L., 1758) Hr., Pf. 

June-20 Aug., (bivoltine) abundant. X. quadrifasiata 

(Clerck, 1759) Jt. 20-26 June 1970 I 9. 

Epirr/lOe tristata (L., 1758) Jt., 20 June 1970 19. 

E. altemata (Muller, 1764) Hr., Jt., Pr. 20-26 

June, 10-20 Aug., common. Camptogramma bilineata 

(L., 1758) Pf. Elltephria caesiata (Denis & 

Schiffermuller, 1775) Hb., Hr., Jt., Pf., Uo. 30 

June-9 Sept., common. Lampropteryx otregiata 

(Metcalfe, 1917) Jt. 20 June-II July, abundant. 

L. sujJumata (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Jt. 

20-26 June, less frequent. Cosmorhoe ocellata 

(L., 1758) Hr., Jt., Pf. 20 June-4 July, abundant. 

Eulithis prunata (L., 1758) Hr., Pf. 17 July- 20 

Aug. E. populata (L., 1758) Hb" Hr., Jt., Pf. 10 

Aug. -9 Sept., common. E. mellinata (Fabricius, 

1787) Pf. 27 July 1968 I o. E. pyraliata (Denis & 

Schiffermuller, 1775) Hr., Pf. 27 July-20 Aug. 

I o. Ecliptopera silaceata (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775) Hr., Jt. 20-27 June, less frequent. 

Chloroclysta siterata (Hufnagel, 1767) Jt. 22 June 

~ 

197019 (hibernated). C. citrata (L., 1761) Hr., 

Jt., Pf. 9 Aug. -9 Sept., common. C. miata (L., 

1758) Hr. Sept. 1971. C. latefasciata (Staudinger, 

1889) Hr. 10-20 Aug. 1970, not rare. C. truncata 

(Hufnagel, 1767) Hr., Jt., Pf. 20 June-II 

July, 3- 20 Aug., abundant. Plemyria rubiginata 

(Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Jt. 10 Aug. 1969 

1 cl. Thera firmata (Hubner, 1822) Hr., Jt. 

10-20 Aug.,2 cl. T. variata (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775) Hr., Jt. 20 June-4 July, 2 Aug., 

first generation quite common. T. obeliscatd 

(Hubner, 1787) Hr., Jt., Pf. 24-30 June, 10-20 

Aug., second generation con/mono T. cognata 

(Thunberg, 1792) Hr. 10-20 Aug., common. T. 

serraria (Lienig & Zeller, 1846) Hr., Jt., Pr. 

19 - 26 June, abundant. Electrophaes corylata 

(Thunberg, 1792) Jt. 20 June 1970 2 9. Colostygia 

pectinalaria (Knoch, 178 I) Hr., Jt., Pf. 2i 

June-4 July 3 cl. Hydriomena furcata (Thunberg, 

1784) Hr., Jt. 27 June-9 Sept., abundant. 

H. impluviata (Denis & SchiffermUller, 1775) Jt. 

20 June 1970 2 cl, 2 9. H. ruberata (Freyer, 

1831) Do. 18 June 1970 I 9. Horisme tersata 

(Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Jt. 19-26 June, 

sparsely. Spargania luctuata (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775) Hr., Jt. 20 June-4 July I cl, I 9. 

Rheumaptera subhastata (Nolcken, 1870) Bs., SI. 

21 June-2 July 3 cl. Euphyia unangulata (Haworth, 

1809) Jt. 20-26 June, less frequent. Epirrita 

autumnata (Borkhausen, 1794) Hr. 9 Sept. 

1971, common. Operophtera'brumata (L., 1758) 

Hr. Sept. 1971. O. fagata (Scharfenberg, 1805) 

Hr. Sept. 1971. Perizoma laeniata (Stephens, 

1831) Hr., Jt., Pf. 20- 30 June 20,49. P. afjinilala 

(Stephens, 1831) Hr., Jt. 19 June-IIJuly, 

less frequent. P. alchemillata (L., 1758) Hr., Jt., 

Pf. 20 June-17 July, common. P. hydrata (Treitschke, 

1829) Jt. 19 - 26 June, abundant. P. blandiata 

(Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Hr. 4-11 

July 20, 19. P. didymata (L., 1758) Hr., Pr. 17 

July-20 Aug., common. Eupithecia plumbeolata .. 

(Haworth, 1809) Jt. 20-26 June 29. E, abietaria 

(Goeze, 1781) Jt. 20-26 June, abundant. E. analoga 

Diakonoff, 1926 (syn.: bilunulata auct., 

plur.) Jt. 19-26 June 30, 59. E. linariata (Denis 

& Schiffermuller, 1775) Hr., Pf. June, 10-20 

Aug. (bivoltine). E. exiguata (Hubner, 18! 3) Pf. 

June I o. E. venosata (Fabricius, 1787) Jt. 20- 26 

June, abundant. E. intricata (Zetterstedt, 1839) 

80

Hr., Jt., Pf. I June-4 July, abundant. E. satyrata 

(Hubner, 1813) Hr., Jt., Pf. 19 June-II July, 

common. E. absinthiata (Clerck, 1759) Hr. 4 June 

1973 Id. E. assimilata Doubleday, 1856 Hr. 4 

June 1973 IQ. E. vu/gata (Haworth, 1809) Jt. 

19-26 June, common. E. denotata (Hubner, 

1813) Pf. I July 1969 Id. E. subfuscata (Haworth, 

1809) Jt. 20 - 26 June 7 d, 4 Q. E. icterata 

(Villers, 1789) Hr., It 20 June-4 July 2 d, 

IQ. E. succenturiata (L., 1758) Hr. 4 July 1973 

IQ. E. indigata (Hubner, 1813) Jt. 19 - 26 June, 

common. E. pusillata (Denis & SchiffermUller, 

1775) Hr., Pf. 17 July-9 Sept., common. E. tantillaria 

Boisduval, 1840 Jt. 20 - 26 June 4 d , 5 Q. 

Ch/oroclystis rectangu/ata (L., 1758) Jt. 20-26 

June Id, 2 Q. Carsia sororiata (Hubner, 1813) 

Hb. 7 Aug. 1969 IQ. Ap/ocerap/agiata (L., 1758) 

Hr., Pf. June, 10-20 Aug. (bivoltine). Odezia 

atrata (L., 1758) Pf. June 1968. Disc%xia b/omeri 

(Curtis, 1832) Jt. 20-26 June, common. Venusia 

cambrica Curtis, 1839 Hr., Jt., Pf. 20 

June-4 July, common. Euchoeca nebu/ata (Scopoli, 

1763) It 20 - 26 June, not rare. Hydrelia 

flammeo/aria (Hufnagel, 1767) Pf. 30 June 1968 

IQ. Lobophora ha/terata (Hufnagel, 1767) Jt. 

20-26 June Id, 2 Q. Pterapherapteryx sexa/ata 

(Retzius, 1783) Jt. 20 - 26 June, not rare. Lomaspilis 

marginata (L., 1758) Hr., It, Pf. 20 

June-II July, common. Semiothisa a/ternaria 

(Hubner, 1809) Hr., Jt. 20 June-4 July, abundant. 

S. signaria (Hubner, 1809) Jt. 20-26 June, 

common. S. liturata (Clerck, 1759) Jt. 20-26 

June Id, 4 Q. S. clathrata (L., 1758) Pf. June. Isturgia 

carbonaria (Clerck, 1759) Bs. 2 July 1973 

IQ. Itame wauaria (L., 1758) Hr., Jt., Pf. 1-20 

Aug. 5 d, 2 Q. I. brunneata (Thunberg, 1784) Pf. 

30 June 1968 Id. P/agodis pu/veraria (L., 1758) 

Jt. 20 and 26 June Id, 2 Q. Opistograptis /uteolata 

(L., 1758) Hr., Jt., Pf. 1-27 June, common., 

Epione repandaria (Hufnagel, 1767) Hr., Jt., Pf. 

5- 20 Aug."less frequent. E. para/el/aria (Denis 

& SchiffermUller, 1775) Hr. 10-20 Aug., abundant. 

Se/enia dentaria (Fabricius, 1775) Hr., Jt., 

Do. 18June-4 July 3 d, 6 Q. Odontopera bidentata 

(Clerck, 1759) Hr., Jt., Pf. I June-I I July, 

common. Crocallis elinguaria (L., 1758) Hr., Jt., 

Pf. 27 July-20 Aug., common. Angerona prunaria 

(L., 1758) Jt. 2 July 1968 Id. Biston betu/aria 

(L., 1758) Pf. Agriopis aurantiaria (Hubner, 1799) 

Hr. Sept. 1971 Id. A/ds repandata (L., 1758) 

Hr., Jt., Pf. 22 June-17 July, abundant. Bupa/us 

piniaria (L., 1758) Hr., Jt. 22 June and 2 July Id, 

IQ. Cabera pusaria (L., 1758) Hr., Jt., Pf. I 

June-II July, common. C. exanthemata (Scopoli, 

1763) It, Pf. 20 June- 3 July 5 d. Campaea 

margaritata (L., 1767) Hr., Jt. 7 July- 3 Aug. 

2 d. Hy/aea fasdaria (L., 1758) Jt. 22 June 1970 

-~ Id. Gnophos obfuscatus (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775) Hr., Jt. 22 June-2 Aug., common. Catasda 

sordaria (Thunberg, 1792) Hr. 7-11 July, 

less frequent. G/acies coracina (Esper, post 1796) 

Bs., Hb., Hv., Ts. 2-5 July, abundant. 

Sphingidae 

Agrius convolvuli (L., 1758) Kr. 2 Sept. 1970 Id. 

Hy/oicus pinastrdL., 1758) Jt. 21 June 1970 Id. 

Laothoe populi (L., 1758) Jt., Pf. 22- 28 June, abundant. 

Deilephila e/penor (L., 1758) Jt. 22 June 

1970 Id. D. porcel/us (L., 1758) Hr., Jt. 2 and 3 

June 4 d. 

Notodontidae 

Harpyiafurcu/a (Clerck, 1759) Jt. 19 June 1970 IQ. 

Notodonta dromedarius (L., 1767) Hr., Jt. 20 

June-4 July 3 d. Tritophia tritophus (Denis & 

SchiffermUller, 1775) Hr. 23-26 June 1970 IQ. 

Pheosia tremu/a (Clerck, 1759) Hr., Jt. 19 

June-I I July, 3 Aug. 2 Q. P. gnoma (Fabricius, 

1777) Hr., Jt., Pf. I June-I I July 7 d, IQ. Pterostoma 

pa/pina (Clerck, 1759) Hr., Jt. 20 

June-4 July II d, IQ. Pti/odon capucina (L., 

1758) Hr., Jt. 20 June-7 July, abundant. Eligmodonta 

ziczac (L., 1758) Jt., Pf. 21 - 24 June, 6 

Aug. 3 Q. Odontosia sieversi (Menetries, 1856) 

Rb. Apr. 1971 Id. C/ostera curtu/a (L., 1758) 

Hr., Jt. 20-26 June, abundant. C. pigra (Hufnagel, 

1766) Jt., Do. 18-22 June 3 d, IQ. 

Lymantriidae 

Leucoma salicis (L., 1758) Hr. 23 June-II July 2 d. 

Arctiidae 

Eilema comp/ana (L., 1758) Pf. 17 July 2 d. E. /urideo/a 

(Zincken, 1817) Hr., Jt., Pf. 19 June - 17 

July, common. Parasemia p/antaginis (L., 1758) 

Bs., Hb., Hr., Pf., Vb. I July-6 Aug. 8 d, 4 Q. 

Diacrisia sannio (L., 1758) Hr., Jt. 19 June-4 

July 6 d. Spilosoma /ubricipeda (L., 1758) Hr., 

Jt., Pf. I June-II July, common. Diaphora mendica 

(Clerck, 1759) Jt. 19 June 1970 2 d. Phragmatobia 

fuliginosa (L., 1758) Hr. 8 Apr. 1971 

larva, ex 1. IQ. 

Noctuidae 

Euxoa nigricans (L., 1761) Jt. I Sept. 1970 IQ. E. 

reCllssa (Hubner, 1817) Hr., Jt., Pf. 3- 20 Aug. 

9 d, IQ. Agrotis clavis (Hufnagel, 1766) Hr. 24 

June-II July, abundant. A. exclamationis (L., 

1758) Jt., Pf. 26 June-I July, abundant. Actinotia 

po/yodon (Clerck, 1759) Hr., Jt. 20-27 June 

13 d, 5 Q. Ochrop/eura praecox (L., 1758) Nb. 8 

Aug. 1969 Id. O. p/ecta (L., 1761) Jt., Pf., Sn. 

21 - 30 June, abundant. Rhyacia grisescens (Fabricius, 

1794) Hr., Jt. 3 Aug. -I Sept. Id, 2 Q. 

Chersotis cuprea (Denis & SchiffermUller 1775) 

Hb., Hr., Jt., Pf. 7 July-7 Aug., abundant. Noctua 

pronuba (L., 1758) Pf. 27 July 1968. Opigena 

po/ygona (Denis & Schiffermilller 1775) Hr., Jt. 26 

July-I Sept., abundant. Graphiphora augur (Fa 

81

icius, 1775) Hr., Jt., Pf. 23 June- 27 July, abundant. 

Paradiarsia sobrina (Duponchel, 1843) 

Hr., Jt., Pf. 15 July-I 0 Aug. 9 d, IQ. Lycophofia 

porphyrea (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Hr., 

Jt., Pf. 21 June-I July 5 d, IQ. Diarsia mendica 

(Fabricius, 1775) Hb., Hr., Jt., Pf. 22 June-7 

Aug., common. D. dah/ii (Hubner, 1813) Jt. 10 

Aug. 1969 1 d. D. brunnea (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775) Hr., Jt., Pf. 19 June-3 July 3d. D. 

rubi (Vieweg, 1790) Hr., Jt., Pf. 22 June-2 Aug. 

3 d. Xestia rhaetica (Staudinger, 187]) Hr. 18 

Aug. 1971 1 d. X. speciosa (Hubner, 1813) Hr. 

8-18 Aug. 1971 2 d. X. alpicola (Zetterstedt, 

1839) Hb., Pf. 1-28 July, less frequent. X. collina 

(Boisduval, 1840) Hr. 7-11 July 1970 2 d . X. friangulum 

mufnagel, 1766) Hr. 7-11 July 1970 

Id. X. baja (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Hr., 

lt., Pf. 4 July-I Sept., abundant. X. sexstrigata 

(Haworth, 1809) Pf. I July-9 Aug. 2 d. Naenia 

typica (L., 1758) Pf. I July 1968 Id. Eurois oc 

ClIlta (L., 1758) Jt. 20 Aug. -I Sept. 2 d. Anaplectuides 

prasina (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 

Pf. I July 1968 Id. Anarta curdigera (Thunberg, 

1788) Bs. 4 July 1971 IQ. Hada proxima (Hubner, 

1808) Hr., Jt., Pf. 22 June-I Sept. 10d, 

8 Q. H. nana (Hufnage!, 1766) Jt., Pf., Sn., Do. 22 

June-20 Aug., abundant. Polia bombycina (Hufnagel, 

1766) Hr., Jt., Pf. 21 June-I July 3 d. P. 

hepafica (Clerck, ]759) Hr. 23 June-3 July 5 d, 

IQ. P. nebulosa mufnagel, 1766) Hr. 7-11 July 

1970 3 d. Heliophobus reticulata (Goeze, 1781) 

Jt. 20-26 June 12 d. Mamestra brassicae (L., 

1758) Hr. 7-11 July Id. Lacanobia contigua 

(Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Jt. 20-22 June 

Id, 3 Q. L. fhalassina mufnagel, 1766) Hr., Jt., 

Sn. 19 June-I I July 2 d, 6 Q. L. suasa (Denis & 

SchiffermUller, 1775) lt., Sn. 21-28 June 4 d, 

IQ. L. oleracea (L., 1758) Jt. 22 June 1970 Id. 

L. biren (Goeze, 178]) Hr., Jt. 21 - 26 June 5 d , 

4 Q. Ceramica pisi (L., 1758) Hr., Jt., Pf., Sn. 21 

June-Il July 4 d. Hadena rivularis (Fabricius, 

1775) Hr., Jt., Pf. 22- 30 June 6 d, 2 Q. H. perplexa 

(Denis & SchiffermUller, 177 5) Hr., Jt. 

20-26 June 6 d. H. confusa (Hufnagel, 1766) 

Hr" Jt. 20-26 June 8 d, 3 Q. H. bicruris (Hufnagel, 

1766) Hr., It. 20-22 June, 18 Aug., abundant. 

Cerapferyx graminis (L., 1758) Jt., Pf., Sn. 

28 June-19 Aug., common. Tholera cespitis 

(Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Jt., Pf. 6-20 Aug. 

7 d. T. decima/is (Poda, 1761) Jt. 18 Aug.-I 

Sept. 5 d, IQ. Orthosia gothica (L., 1758) Hr., 

Apr. MYfhimna conigera (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775) Hr., Jt., Sn. 27 June-3 Aug., common. M. 

ferrago (Fabricius, 1787) Hr. 3 July 1973 1d, 

1 Q. M. impura (Hubner. 1808) Hr., Jt., Pf. 26 

June-II July Id, IQ. M. pal/ens (L., 1758) Pf. 

27 July-9 Aug. 2d, I Q. M. comma (L.,176]) 

Hr., Jt., Pf. 20 June-I July 18 d. Brachylomia 

l'iminalis (Fabricius. 1777) Hr., Jt., Pf. 3- 20 

Aug., abundant. Hillia iris (Zetterstedt, 1839) Hb., 

Hr., Sb. 6- 20 Aug. 3 d . Sympistis heliophila (Paykull, 

1793) Bs. 5 July 1969 Id. Dasypolia templi 

(Thunberg, 1792) Hr. 2 Sept. 1970. Lithomoia solidaginis 

(Hubner, 1803) Jt. 30 Aug.-l Sept. 

1970. Lithophane consocia (Borkhausen, 1792) 

Hr., Rb. Apr., Aug. - 3 Sept. 2 d. Blepharita 

adusta (Esper, 1790) Hr., Jt., Pf. 21 June-I Sept. 

Id, 4 Q. Polymixis gemmea (Treitschke, 1825) Jt. 

18 Aug. -1 Sept. 7 d. Antitype chi(L., 1758) Hr. 

2 Sept. 1970. Ammoconia caecimacula (Denis & 

Schiffermilller, 1775) Hr. 10 Aug.-7 Sept. 7 d. 

Agrochola helvola (L., 1758) Jt. 30 Aug.-I Sept. 

1970.A.litura(L., 176])Hr.,Jt.13Aug.-l Sept. 

3 Q. Parastichtis suspecta (Hubner, 1817) Hr., Jt., ;. 

Pf. 27 July-20 Aug., abundant. Xanthia aurago 

(Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Hr. 30 Aug.-I 

Sept. 1970 Id. X. togata (Esper, 1788) Jt. 19 

Aug. 1970 2 d . X. icterifia (Hufnagel, 1766) Jt. 19 

Aug. - I Sept. 3 d, 4 Q. Acronicta megacephala 

(Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Hr., Jt. 20 

June-ll July 14 d, 1 Q. A. alni (L., 1767) Jt. 21 

June 1970 IQ. A. menyanthidis (Esper, 1789) Jt. 

21 June 1970 1 d. A. auricoma (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775)Hr.,Jt. 20-23 June 11 Q.A. rumicis 

(L., 1758) Hr., Jt. 20-26 June 1 d, 7 Q. Amphipyra 

tragopoginis (Clerck, 1759) Pf. Aug. 1 d. I 

Dipterygia scabriuscula (L., 1758) Hr. 24-26 

June 1970 Id. Rusina ferrugilfea (Esper, 1785) 

Jt., Pf. 20 June-13 July, common. Euplexia lucipara 

(L., 1758) Hr., Jt. 21-26 June 6d. Jpimorpha 

subtusa (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 

Hr. 10-20 Aug. 1971 1 d. Enargia paleacea 

(Esper, 1788) Hr., Jt., Pf. 9-20 Aug., abundant. 

Hyppa rectilinea (Esper, 1788) Hr., Jt. 21-26' 

June 8 d, 3 Q. Apamea monoglypha (Hufnagel, 

1766) Jt. 1 Aug. 1968 1 d. A. crenata (Hufnagel, 

1766) Hr., Jt., Pf. 21 June-3 Aug., abundant. A. 

lateritia (Hufnage!, 1766) Hr., Jt., Pf. 24 June-I 

Sept., abundant. A.furva (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775) Hr. 7-11 July 1970 4d. A. rubrirena 

(Treitschke, 1825) Hr. 6 Aug. 1971 1 Q. A. maillardi 

(Geyer, 1832) Bh., Hr. 7 July-2 Aug. 3 d, 

2 Q. A. remissa (Hubner, 1809) Pf. 27 July 1968 

1 d. A. iIIyria (Freyer, 1852) Hr., Jt. 21-26 June 

6 Q. Oligia strigilis (L., 1758) Hr., Jt. 22-26 June 

2 d, 4 Q. O. latruncula (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775) Hr., Jt., Pf. 21 June-3 Aug. 5 d, IQ. Mesapamea 

secalis (L., 1758) Pf. 9 Aug. 1969 Id. 

Amphipoea fucosa (Freyer, 1830) Pf. 27 July-9 

Aug. 4 d. A. oculea (L., 1761) Jt. 10 Aug. 1968 

1 d. Hydraecia micacea (Esper, 1789) Jt., Pf. 28 

July-19 Aug. 3 d, 1 Q. Celaena haworthii (Curtis, 

1829) Jt. 1 Sept. 1970 1 d. Hoplodrina alsines 

(Brahm, 1791) Pf. 27 July 1968 1 d. H. blanda 

(Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Hr. 10-20 Aug. 

Caradrina morpheus (Hufnagel, 1766) Hr., Jt., Pf. iI 

24 June-27 July, abundant. C. cinerascens 

(Tengstrom, 1869) Hr. 10-20 Aug. C. selini(Boisduval, 

1840) Jt. 20 June 1970 2 d. Colocasia coryli 

(L., 1758) Hr., Jt. 24 June-3 July 3 d. 

Diachrysia chrysitis (L., 1758) Hr., Jt., Pf. 21 

June- 3 July, 10 Aug. 9 d. Autographa pulchrina 

(Haworth, 1809) Hr., Jt., Pf., Sn. 22 June- 20 

Aug., common. A. bractea (Denis & Schiffermul 

82

ler, 1775)]t. 3 and 18 Aug. 2 d, I 9. Syngrapha 

diasema (Boisduval, 1829) Hr. 7-18 July 3 d. S. 

microgamma (Hubner, 1823) HI. 24-26 June 

1970 I 9. S. interrogationis (L., 1758) Hb., Hr., 

Jt. 7 July-I Sept. 3 d, 29. Abrostola triplasia 

(L., 1758) (syn.: triplasia sensu Dufay 1956, tripartita 

(Hufnagel, 1766)) Hr., Jt., Pf. 20 June-l 

July, 3-19 Aug. 9 d , 29. Euclidia glyphica (L., 

1758) «Sigdal» 30 June 1968. Lygephila craccae 

(Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) Hr. 15 Aug.-9 

Sept., several specimens. L. pastinum (Treitschke, 

1826) Pf. July 1968 Id. Scoliopteryx libatrix (L., 

" 1758) Jt. 20 June 1970 1d, I 9. Hypena crassalis 

(Fabricius, 1787) Hr. 7-11 July 1970 19. Hypena 

proboscidalis (L., 1758) Jt., Pf. 30 June and 3 

Aug., abundant. Herminia tarsipennalis (Treitschke, 

1835) Pf. 

DISCUSSION 

M0rch's collection contained a total of 496 species 

of Lepidoptera from western Buskerud. 

This represented an increase in the number of 

species recorded for western Buskerud of about 

40 percent; in the case of Geometridae and Noctuidac 

almost 100 and 125 percent, respectively. 

The occurence of most of the species was expected 

when their known range in comparable 

inland localities elsewhere in eastern Norway is 

considered. But there are also records ofparticular 

faunistical interest. Firstly some Eurasiatic, 

principally continental boreal, boreo-montane 

• or boreo-alpine species, viz.: Xestia collina (Boisduval, 

1840), Xestia rhaetica (Staudinger, 1870, 

Hi/fia iris (Zetterstedt, 1839), Syngrapha diasema 

(Boisduval, 1829), Syngrapha microgamma 

(Hubner, 1823), and Spargania luctuata 

(Denis & SChiJfermUller, 1775), have got their 

known range extended to the southwest. Se 

\ condly, a westward extension of mainly continental, 

European or Eurasiatic species viz.: 

Chionodes luctuella(Hubner, 1793), Lampropteryx 

otregiata (Metcalfe, 1917), Opigena fJolygona 

(Denis & SchiffermUller, 1775). Thirdly, a southward 

extension of Agonopterix broennoeensis 

(Strand, 1920), at present a Scandinavian endemic. 

The capture of several of these, mainly boreo-alpine 

species, outlines an increase of their 

presumed continous Fennoscandian range. Other 

captures join, together with captures further 

south and west, a prospected range penetrating 

deep into the southwest mountain districts of 

Norway. The latter statement is explained by 

some unpublished records: L. otregiata Kvassdalen, 

HOi: Voss 4 July 1940 I d N. Knaben 

leg. X. collina Solhaug, HOi: R0ldal 2 July 1942 

1 d, 1 Q O.B. Lundetrre leg. H. iris Rosendal, 

HOi: Kvinnherad 10 - 15 Aug. 1977 1 d T. 

Andersen leg.; Dimmelsvvik, HOi: Kvinnherad 

17 Aug. 1977 5 d T. Andersen leg.: Uskedalen, 

HOi: Kvinnherad 17. Aug. 1977 3 d T. Andersen 

leg. S. diasema Nedrest01, BV: Hol 18 July 

1971 1 Q T.I. Baldersheim leg.; Bykle, AAi: 

Bykle July 1969 1 Q A. Fjellberg leg. 

L. otregiata and O. polygona occured commonly 

in Sigdal. This is interesting as there are 

only a few previous observations of these species 

in Norway. L. otregiata has previously only 

been recorded from Akershus (Knaben 1951, 

Opheim 1967 as Lampropteryx minna auctJ At 

Juvet the species even outnumbered other geometrids. 

O. polygona was recorded for the first 

time in Norway from Akershus (Opheim 1969), 

and it has recently been recorded from Rollag in 

western Buskerud (Opheim 1978). There is one 

additional unpublished record from eastern Buskerud: 

Svene, B0: Flesberg 1 Sept. 1969 1 d 

O.B. Lundetrre leg. 

A number of the species have previously not 

been taken in the inlands west of the Oslofjord, 

viz.: Archiearis notha (Hubner, 1803), Eulithis 

mellinata (Fabricius, 1787), Angerona prunaria 

(L., 1758), Tritophia tritophus (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775), Eilema complana (L., 1758), Polia 

nebulosa (Hufnagel, 1766). Ammoconia caecimacula 

(Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775), Xanthia 

aurago (Denis & SchiffermUller, 1775), Acronicta 

alni (L., 1757) and Lygephila craccae (Denis 

& SchiffermUller, 1775). It must however, be 

emphasized that the occurence of these species 

in Sigdal does not deviate much from their expected 

range if their Swedish distribution is considered, 

but merely points out the unsufficient 

knowledge of districts of eastern Norway. 

The food plant of X. aurago, Tilia cordata, 

does not grow naturalized in Sigdal. However, 

experience from other districts will associate X. 

aurago with Ulmus glabra, which is common in 

the eastern part of Sigdal. 

Opheim 0958, 1962) has given graphs of the 

supposed number of species of various family 

groups in different parts of Norway. The revised 

figures for western Buskerud, compared to Opheim's 

estimates (given in brackets), are: Rhopalocera 

47 (53), «Sphinges, Bombyces» 29 (35) 

and «Noctuoidea» 126 (25). The overall figure 

for the area is hence almost brought up to the estimate, 

but western Buskerud still remains 

amongst the least explored areas. In the advanced 

lowlands in the eastern part of western Buskerud 

there are undoubtly several species still 

to be taken. Also if compared to northern Opland, 

a well-worked inland and mountainous 

83

district, the numbers estimated for western Buskerud 

appear to be much too low. The fauna of 

northern Opland includes a number of subarctic-, 

arctomontan- and some xerothermic or 

even helophilic species, that cannot be expected 

to occur in western Buskerud, but these species 

cannot entirely compensate for the considerable 

difference in actual and estimated fauna of northern 

Opland and western Buskerud. 


M0rch's collection and left notes was donated to 

the Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, 

on the initiative of Dr. Bj0rn Berland. The tedious 

work of listing and re-labelling the specimens 

was made by Mrs. Jorunn Hanaas Larsen. 

Several problems of correct topogr

Some studies on Macrolepidoptera in coastal heathland 

habitats in Western Norway 

TROND ANDERSEN 

Andersen, T. 19'82, Some studies on Macrolepidoptera in coastal heathland habitats in Western 

Norway, Fauna nom Ser, B, 29,85-104, 

Between 1975 and 1980 some 225 species in 11 families and more than 25,000 specimens 

were collected on northern Sotra, mainly in light traps, but also with nets and as larvae, The 

two important families were Noctuidae with 105 species and Geometridae with 85 species, 

Mythimna unipuncta (Haworth, 1809) was recorded for the first time in Scandinavia, 

Based on light trap catches the composition of the Macrolepidoptera fauna in the two 

main heathland habitats, the Calluna- heath and the grassland, were compared using various 

species diversity indices, The Calluna- heath had lowest species diversity due to the 

poor flora, In both habitats species diversity was higher in Noctuidae than in Geometridae, 

Similarity indices showed that the number of species common to both habitats was highest 

in Noctuidae which might reflect a higher dispersal potensiaL The ranking of the dominant 

species was more similar in Geometridae indicating the importance of Juniperus as foodplant 

in both habitats, 

Thera cognata (Thunberg, 1792) was the dominant species in both habitats, while Lycophotia 

porphyrea (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) ranged second in the Calluna- heath and Cerapteryx 

graminis (L, 1758) on the grassland, Most of the abundant species are common 

and widespread in Western Norway, but Pachycnemia hippocastanaria (Hubner, 1799) and 

Stilbia anoma/a (Haworth, 1812) are typical for the coastal heathlands, 

The flight periods of the abundant species are given, The median day of the flight generally 

occurred earlier in the males than in the females, The sex-ratio in the light trap catches 

differed strongly in favour of males, 

Trond Andersen, Dept, of Systematic Zoology, Museum of Zoology, N-5000 Bergen, Norway, 

INTRODUCTION 

The heathlands in Western Norway are at the 

northern border of the typical West European 

lowland heaths (Gimingham 1976), These 

• heathlands are situated in the oceanic and suboceanic 

regions of Western Europe, characterized 

by a mild temperate climate with relatively cool 

summers and mild winters. As in most parts of 

Western Europe the formation of lowland 

heaths in Western Norway is probably due to 

activities of man. About 2000 years ago the coast 

of Western Norway was covered with pine 

forests, which later were cut down to give grazing 

land to the livestock (Kaland 1974). On 

'", 

poor and shallow soils the typical heath developed, 

and with it a characteristic, rather marginal 

type of farming, mainly based on sheep. Grass 

., land evolved in places with richer and deeper 

'" 

soils. To prevent the recolonization of trees and 

to stimulate the growth of young nutritious shoots 

on the Cal/una, the heaths were burned 

every tenth year. 

Fauna norv, Ser, B 29,85-104, Oslo lQ82, 

During the last century, old farming habits 

have changed. As a result old Cal/una- heath is 

today the dominant vegetation type, in several 

places also replacing grassland. Seedlings of 

Pine, Pinus silvestris, and decidious trees like 

Mountain Ash, Sorbus aucuparia, and Birch, 

Betula pubescens, are now allowed to invade the 

heathlands. Several municipalities along the 

West Coast also have programs for vegetating 

the heathlands with foreign coniferous species. 

The coastal heathlands in Western Norway therefore 

gradually change, and in some areas the 

typical heaths have already disappeared. 

In recent years the lowland heaths of Western 

Europe have attracted much attention, particularly 

among botanists (e.g. Gimingham 1976). In 

Western Norway the «Lindasprosjektet» has 

worked on the ecology of heathlands (Mortensen 

1974) including surveys of invertebrates 

(Hauge 1976, Solh0Y et al. 1981). 

Larvae of Macrolepidoptera are herbivorous 

85

and probably play an important role as consumers 

of the heather plants. They also are important 

as food for passerine birds. However, little 

attention has been paid to the Lepidoptera fauna 

of the coastal heathlands in West Norway. Lie 

Petersen (1905) listed 39 species of Macrolepidoptera 

from small islands in Feiefjorden NW of 

Bergen. A list of Lepidoptera from Gulen in outer 

Sogn and Fjordane also included some records 

from heathland habitats (Andersen 1974). 

This paper gives a survey of the species, figures 

of relative abundance, and flight periods of 

Lepidoptera in a typical Western Norwegian coastal 

heathland on the island of Sotra, west of 

Bergen. The two main habitats, the Callunaheath 

and the grassland, have been studied in 

detail. Other habitats such as hardwood shrubs, 

cultivated fields and gardens, swampy vegetation 

along ponds and lakes etc., also have been 

sampled. The superfamilies Papilionoidea, Bombycoidea, 

Geometroidea, Sphingoidea, Notodontoidea, 

and Noctuoidea are treated here. 

STUDY AREA 

The field work was carried out on northern 

Sotra (approx. 4°57'-5°03'E and 60°22' 

60 0 27'N), a rather large island situated on the 

Atlantic Coast west of Bergen (Fig. I). The 

Fig. I. Northern Sotra, showing the position of the 

sampling sites. Black symbols: location of light traps; 

open symbols: additional localities. 

86 

landscape is rather flat and most of the area is 

situated between 20 and 50 m a.s.l. The topography 

is characterized by expanses slightly elevating 

to the west and ending abruptly in steep, 

westward-facing escarpments. The bedrock 

consists mainly of gneisses of precambrian origin. 

Some amphibolites with a richer soil occurs 

mainly in the Vindenes area. 

Northern Sotra has a typical oceanic climate. 

The meteorological station Hellis0Y, about 50 

km to the north of northern Sotra probably is 

,) 

the station with a climate most similar to the 

study area. Hellis0Y has a mean annual temperature 

of 7.6°C, the mean temperature in January 

and July is 2.3°C and 13.8°C, respectively. 

Normally II days/yr have a maximum temperature 

above 20°C, 43 days have a minimum 

temperature below OOC, and the ground is covered 

with snow about 40 days/yr. The mean 

annual precipitation is 121 8 mm and about 220 

days have a precipitation of >0.1 mm. Strong 

breeze (Beaufort scale 6) or stronger winds' 

blow normally 107 days/yr. ; 

There are a few settlements and farms on 

northern Sotra surrounded by cultivated fields 

and pastures, but the main part of the area is dominated 

by heathland. A botanical survey of the 

Vindenes area recorded 219 species of vascular 

plants (0vstedal 1978). About 20 different plant • 

communities were recognized. The most common 

types were dry heath (Vaccinio-Calluneturn 

Bilker 1942) dominated by Calluna and 

with Vaccinium myrtillus. V. vitis-idaea and 

Hypnum jutlandicum. wet heath

een planted, mostly as single trees, but also as 

forest·forming stands. 

Several small lakes and ponds are situated in 

the area, mainly oligotrophic with sparse vegetation, 

but a few ponds have a richer vegetation 

dominated by Phragmites communis. The sea 

shores are mainly rocks covered with lichen vegetation, 

but there are also a few coves with halophytes 

such as Puccinellia, Triglochin and 

Atriplex. 

In 1978 two light traps were operated in a rather 

extensive heathland in Austre Loftmyra 

(Fig. I). At the trapping site dry heath, dominated 

by Calluna, Erica cinerea and Juniperus, al· 

ternate with wet heath and ombrotrophic mire, 

dominated by sedges and grasses, mainly Scirpus 

caespitosus, Eriophorum vaginatum and 

Molinia coerulea, but also with Calluna, Empetrum 

nigrum and Erica tetralix. The vegetation 

in the wettest parts were dominated by Eriophorum 

angustifolium. The same year two light 

traps were situated at Austervagen (Fig. I), in an 

area with grassland and cultivated meadows, intensively 

used as grazing land for sheep. The vegetation 

at the trapping site was dominated by 

sedges, mainly Carex spp. and Scirpus caespitosus, 

and grasses like Sieglingia decumbens, Anthoxanthum 

odoratum and Festuca vivipara. Juniperus, 

Vaccinium uliginosum and Salix repens 

were common, and on swampy' ground also 

Myrica gale. A few trees and shrubs, mainly Be 

• tula pubescens, Sorbus aucuparia and Salix aurita, 

were growing nearby. 


• 

Sampling 

, 

The study was carried out between 1975 and 

• 1980. The main sampling period was in 1978. 

Day-active species were collected mainly in the 

Vindenes area. Heathlands were particularly 

thoroughly searched, but specimens were also 

hunted in other types of habitats such as gardens 

and cultivated fields. The rainy climate in northern 

Sotra prevented regular sampling of dayactive 

species, and the records of butterflies and 

other day-active species are therefore based on 

the collections made during the relatively few 

days of fine weather. A few species were also taken 

exclusively as larvae. 

Most of the material was collected in light 

traps. The light traps used were of a modified 

Robinson type, fitted with mercury vapour 

bulbs (Philips HPL-N 125 W). The trapping 

periods were 3- 5 days. 

The trapping at Austre Loftmyra and at Austervagenin 

1978 were started on March 31. At 

Austervagen the traps were operated without 

major accidents until November 5, when a 

period of cold weather set in. The traps at Austre 

Loftmyra were situated at a rather wind-exposed 

site, and the trapping had to be terminated 

in September, when the traps were destroyed by 

storm. 

A total of 8636 and 7436 specimens of «Macrolepidoptera» 

were taken in the traps at Austre 

Loftmyra and at Austervagen, respectively. 

The sections on species diversity, similarity, the 

dominant species and flight periods are based on 

these two sets of material. The localities will be 

referred to as the «heath» and the «grassland». 

In addition light traps were operated for shorter 

or longer periods in several other localities, 

Tab, I, Fig. I. These localities were chosen to 

cover the main vegetation types in the area. However, 

only records of species not taken at Austre 

Loftmyra or at Austervagen in 1978 are included 

in this paper. 

Calculations 

Based on the light trap catches from Austre Loftmyra 

and Austervagen in 1978 the species richness 

and equitability in the apportionment ofthe 

specimens among the species in the two main 

habitats have been studied. The species richness 

is expressed using Menhinick (I964) index 

d == Si VN, where S is the number of species and 

N the number of specimens. The index has pro- 

Table 1. Localities on northern Sotra sampled with light traps between 1975 and 1978. 

'.. No. Locality UTM-reference Year Habitat type 

1 Austervagen 32VKN803064 1977 -79 Grassland 

2 Austre Loftmyra KN787062 1978 Cal/una heath 

3 Av1aup KN779062 1978 Shore with saline vegetation 

4 Eidesvag KM792999 1975-76 Cal/una heath 

5 Geitneset KN805057 1978 Hardwood thicket with Quercus and Corylus 

6 Landro skole KN782051 1978 Pond with Phragmites. and cultivated fields 

7 Ongeltveit KN793044 1976 Hardwood thicket with Populus near smalllake 

87

ved to remain fairly constant in the same population 

despite increasing sample size. 

The overall diversity is expressed by the 

Shannon - Wiener index of general diversity 

(Odum 1971) 

s 

H' =- L(~}10g2 (~) 

i= I 

where ni is the number of specimens of the 

ith species, and N is the Lni. It ranges from 0 to 

10g2S, The index combines both the species richness 

and the equitability components of animal 

diversity. The equitability component can be separated 

from the effect of the number of species 

using Uoyd and Ghelardi (1964) equitability index 

(E). The degree of equitability is appreciated 

by comparing the observed diversity, H', to a value 

Hm, attainable by a community containing 

the same number of species as the observed one, 

but with «maximum» equitability, i.e. following 

McArthur's «broken-stick» model of frequency 

distribution of the species (Southwood 1975). 

This is equivalent to the ratio E =S'/S where S' 

is the number of hypothetical, equitably distributed 

species that would be needed to produce a 

species diversity equivalent to the observed one, 

and S is the actual number of species observed. 

The Noctuidae and Geometridae faunas in the 

two habitats have been compared using two different 

similarity indices: 1. The S0rensen (1948) 

quotient of similarity 

QS=L 

a+b 

where a is the number of species in habitat A, 

b is the same in habitat Band j is the number of 

species found in both habitats, measuring the relative 

similarity of the two habitats in terms of 

species composition, with emphasis on the number 

of species found in both habitats. 2. The 

Renkonen (1938) percentage of similarity 

%S =Lmin. (a,b ..... x) 

places the emphasis on the dominant species. 

The percentage importance value of each species 

is calculated in both habitats and the percentage 

of similarity is given by the summation of the 

smaller values of each pair of percentages. 

RESULTS 

The species 

The butterflies (Papilionoidea) found in the area 

are listed in Tab. 2. The indications of abundance 

on the grassland and in the heath are ba 

88 

sed on captures and observations. Thirteen of 

these species were taken more or less regularly, 

while the record of Lasiommata petropolitana 

(Fabricius, 1787) is based on one larvae only. In 

addition three notorious migrants or vagrants 

have been captured or observed on northern Sotra. 

One specimen of Nymphalis antiopa (L., 

1758) was observed at Agitnes in August 1977 

(A. Fjeldsa pers. corn.). Cynthia cardui (L., 1758) 

was frequent on northern Sotra during the autumn 

1978. Vanessa atalanta (L., 1758) was not 

observed in the area during the present study, 

but several specimens of this common migrant 

have been taken at Knappskog in August 1937 

(coll. Zoo1. Mus., Bergen). 

A total of 174 species were taken in the light 

traps on the grassland at Austervagen and in the 

heath at Austre Loftmyra in 1978, Tab. 3. Noctuidae 

were represented by 91 species, Geometridae 

by 70 species, and Notodontidae by 8 species. 

Two species of Lasiocampidae were taken, 

and Thyatiridae, Sphingidae and Lymantriidae ~ 

were represented by one species, each. 

In addition 34 more species were taken on 

northern Sotra, Tab. 4. These species were either 

caught in one of the other light traps, with 

nets, or taken as larvae. Seven families were represented, 

Geometridae with 15 species, Noctuidae 

with 14 species, and Lasiocampidae, Satur- • 

niidae, Thyatiridae, Sphingidae and Arctiidae 

with one species each. 

Several of the species have an atlanto-mediterranian 

distribution. The most typical in this 

respect is Stilbia anomala (Haworth, 1812); its 

range covers the British Isles, Germany, France 

and Spain and it is also recorded from Syria 

(Edelsten and Fleteher 1960. Aporophyla nigra 

ffiaworth, 1809) is distributed in Northwest-, 

West-, and Southern Europe; the occurrence 

along the Western Coast of Norway constitutes 

the northern border of the range (Opheim 1955). 

Also Pachycnemia hippocastanaria (Hubner, 

1799) and Aporophyla lutulenta (Denis & Schiffermuller, 

1775) have a somewhat similar distribution, 

but they are recorded from most parts of 

Denmark inclusive Bornholm and also from 

Southern Sweden (Hoffmeyer 1966, Nordstrom 

et al. 1969). In Norway Paradiarsia glareosa 

(Esper, 1788) is mainly taken along the West 

Coast, but it has a wider range in Scandinavia, 

including Southern Finland (Nordstr6m et al. 

1969). 

A relative large number of migrants have 

been taken on northern Sotra, viz.: Vanessa atalanta, 

Cynthia cardui, Agrotis ipsilon (Hufnagel, 

1766), Peridroma saucia (Hubner, 1808), Myt 

• 

J

Table 2. Relative abundance ( + , + +, + + +) of the butterflies (Papilionoidea) inhabiting grasslands and Ca/ 

/una heaths on northern Sotra. 

Species Grassland Cal/una heath 

Pieridae 

Pieris brassicae (L., 1758) + 

P. napi (L., 1758) + + + + 

Nymphalidae 

Ag/ais urticae (L., 1758) +++ + 

Mesoacidalia ag/aja (L., 1758) ++ + 

+ 

Hipparchia seme/e (L., 1758) 

+ 

Manio/a jurtina (L., 1758) ++ 

Coenonympha pamphi/us (L., 1758) ++ 

Lasiommata maera (L., 1758) + + 

L. petropolitana (Fabricius, 1787) + 

, • 

C/ossiana se/ene (Denis & Schiffermiiller, 1775) 

Lycaenidae 

Cal/ophrys rubi (L., 1758) ++ + + + 

Lycaena ph/aeas (L., 176I) + + 

P/ebejus argus (L., 1758) + + + 

Po/yommatlls icarus (Rottemburg, 1775) + + 

Table 3. Macrolepidoptera taken in the light traps on the grassland at Austervagen and in the Cal/una heath 

at Austre Loftmyra in 1978. 

SPECIES Grassland Cal/una heath 

cl Q cl Q 

Lasiocampidae 

Poeci/ocampa populi (L., 1758) 29 2 

Macrothy/acia rubi (L., 1758) 3 7 

• Thyatiridae 

Tethea or (Denis & SchiffermiilIer, 1775) 3 

Geometridae 

Geometra papi/ionaria (L., 1758) 

2 

ldaea bise/ata

SPECIES Grassland Calluna heath 

cl 9 cl 9 

H. ruberata (Freyer, 1831) 

Epirrita dilutata (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 

E. christyi (Alien, 1906) 

E. autumnata (Borkhausen, 1794) 

Operophtera brumata (L., 1758) 

Perizoma taeniata (Stephens, 1831) 

P. a/chemillata (L., 1758) 

P. minorata (Treitschke, 1828) 

P. b/andiata (Denis & SchiffermUller, 1775) 

P. didymata (L., 1758) 

Eupithecia tenuiata (Hubner, 1813) 

E. intricata (Zetterstedt, 1839) 

E. satyrata (Hubner, 1813) 

E. goossensiata Mabille, 1869 

E. vu/gata (Haworth, 1809) 

E. subfuscata (Haworth, 1809) 

E. ieterata (Villers, 1789) 

E. nanata (Hubner, 1813) 

E. pusillata (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 

E. tantillaria Boisduval, 1840 

Gymnoscelis rufifasciata (Haworth, 1809) 

Ch/oroclystis ch/oerata (Mabille, 1870) 

Ap/ocera p/agiata (L., 1758) 

Venusia cambrica Curtis, 1839 

Lobophora ha/terata (Hufnage1, 1767) 

Trichopteryx carpinata (Borkhausen, 1794) 

Acasis vire/ata (Hubner, 1799) 

Lomaspilis marginata (L., 1758) 

Semiothisa liturata (C1erck, 1759) 

ftame wauaria (Linnaeus, 1758) 

I. brunneata (Thunberg, 1784) 

Pachycnemia hippocastanaria (Hubner, 1799) 

Opistograptis /uteo/ata (L., 1758) 

Odontopera bidentata (C1erck, 1759) 

Croca/lis elinguaria (L., 17.58) 

C%tois pennaria (L., 176 J) 

Agriopis auranliaria (Hubner, 1799) 

A. marginaria (Fabricius, 1777) 

Erannis defoliaria (Clerck, 1759) 

C/eora cinctaria (Denis & SchiffermUller, 1775) 

Alcis repandata (L., 1758) 

Cabera pusaria (L, 1758) 

C. exanthemata (Scopo1i, 1763) 

Hy/aea fasciaria (L., 1758) 

Gnophos obscuratus (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 

G. obfuscata (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 

2 

10 

5 

21 

1 

112 

15 

6 

1 

3 

14 

66 

1 

12 

1 

5 

2 

1 

1 

1 

3 

1 

18 

34 

2 

5 

36 

7 

3 

4 

6 

4 

36 

2 

3 

1 

11 

12 

4 

7 2 

5 

1 

7 

4 

22 

1 

3 

5 

3 

5 

5 

1 

6 

5 

J 

31 

1 

48 

3 

28 

49 

159 

13 

1 

1 

3 

2 

174 

13 

19 

36 

128 

3 

2 

19 

160 

2 

5 

4 

7 

44 

5 

2 

3 

31 

10 

1 

11 

Sphingidae 

Lao/hoe populi (L., 1758) 

1 

2 

Notodontidae 

Cerura vinu/a (L., 1758) 

Notodonta dromedarius (L., 1767) 

Pheosia tremu/a (Clerck, 1759) 

P. gnoma (Fabricius, 1777) 

Pterostoma pa/pina (C1erck, 1759) 

Ptilodon capucina (L., 1758) 

Eligmodonta ziczac (L., 1758) 

Clos/era pigra (Hufnage1, 1776) 

2 

11 

4 

2 

2 

8 

1 

1 

8 

1 

2 

1 

1 

5 

1 

2 

I 

J 

90

SPECIES Grassland Cal/una heath 

0 9 0 9 

Lymantriidae 

Dacychira fascelina (L., 1758) 7 4 

Noctuidae 

Euxoa obe/isca (Denis & Schiffermtiller, 1775) 110 9 60 3 

E. nigricans (L., 1761) 4 6 

Agratis exclamationis (L., 1758) 2 

Ochrop/eura p/ecta (L., 1761) I 3 

Standfussiana /ucernea (L., 1758) 2 I 4 

Rhyacia grisescens (Fabricius, 1794) 63 12 47 6 

R. simu/ans (Hufnagel, 1766) I 

Chersotis cuprea (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 107 27 17 8 

Noctua pronuba (L., 1758) 280 24 67 10 

N. comes (Hubner, 1813) 37 10 133 14 

N. janthina (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 5 I 2 I 

Graphiphora augur (Fabricius, 1775) 

I 

Eugraphe subrosea (Stephens, 1829) I 14 

Paradiarsia sobrina (Duponchel, 1843) 5 I 2 I 

P. g/areosa (Esper, 1788) 48 14 84 25 

Lycophotia porphyrea (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 342 177 1434 110 

Peridrama saucia (Hubner, 1808) 

I 

Diarsia mendica (Fabricius, 1775) 78 28 265 29 

D. dah/ii (Hubner, 1813) I 

D. brunnea (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 5 2 

D. rubi (Vieweg, 1790) II I 15 I 

Xestia baja (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 27 5 17 2 

X. castanea (Esper, 1796) 12 I 150 20 

X. sexstrigata (Haworth, 1809) 19 10 8 

X. xanthographa (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 85 12 67 5 

Eurois occu/ta (L., 1758) I I 

Cerastis rubricosa (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 63 2 70 6 

Anarta myrtilli (L., 1761) 2 

Hada nana (Hufnagel, 1766) II 4 

Lacanobia tha/assina (Hufnagel, 1776) 2 

L. suasa (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 14 

L. o/eracea (L., 1758) 4 

L. biren (GQl1Ze, 1781) I II 

Ceramica pisi (L., 1758) 35 68 3 

Hadena confusa (Hufnagel, 1766) 

I 

H. bicruris (Hufnagel, 1766) I 

Cerapteryx graminis (L., 1758) 688 90 108 18 

Orthosia popu/eti (Fabricius, 1781) 13 4 

O. stabilis (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 23 9 13 7 

O. incerta (Hufnagel, 1766) 5 2 

O. gothica (L., 1758) 307 36 186 17 

Mythimna impura (Hubner, 1808) 1 1 

M. unipuncta (Haworth, 1809) 2 

Brachy/omia vimina/is (Fabricius, 1777) 6 2 I 

Dasypo/ia temp/i (Thunberg, 1792) 27 4 3 I 

-\, Aporophy/a /utu/enta (Denis & Schiffermtiller, 1775) 4 8 14 8 

A. nigra (Haworth, 1809) 288 63 166 78 

Xy/ena l'etusta (Hubner, 1813) 10 5 

-I 

", 

Al/ophyes oxyacanthae (L., 1758) 

I 

B/epharita adusta (Esper, 1790) 

14 3 

Po/ymixis gemmea (Treitschke, 1825) 12 I 2 I 

Antitype chi (L., 1758) 4 3 15 5 

Conistra vaccinil (L., 1761) I 4 

Agrocho/a circe//aris (Hufnagel, 1766) 3 

I 

22 3 

91

SPECIES Grassland Calluna heath 

d Q d Q 

A. lola (Clerck, 1759) 5 

A. helvola (L., 1758) 2 

A. lilura (L., 1761) 2 2 

Xanlhia logala (Esper, 1788) 11 4 2 

X. iCleritia (Hufnagel, 1766) 2 

Acronicla auricoma (Denis & Schiffermiiller, 1775) I 3 

A. euphorbiae (Denis & Schiffermti11er, 1775) 7 7 

Amphipyra lragopoginis (Clerck, 1759) 33 5 63 19 

Rusina ferruginea (Esper, 1785) 22 .~ 

Euplexia lucipara (L., 1758) 3 

I 

Phlogophora meliculosa (L., 1758) 

I 

Cosmia Irapezina (L., 1758) I 2 I 

Hyppa reclilinea (Esper, 1788) 3 

Apamea monoglypha (Hufnagel, 1766) 145 56 164 68 

A. crenala (Hufnagel, 1766) 7 10 I I 

A. laleritia (Hufnagel, 1766) 187 36 93 13 

A. furva (Denis & Schiffermiiller, 1775) 27 10 55 4 

A. remissa (Hiihner, 1809) 17 4 5 3 

A. sordens (Hufnagel, 1766) I 

A. rubrirena (Treitschke, 1825) 8 23 

Oligia lalruncula (Denis & Schiffermiiller, 1775) 4 I 

Mesapamea secalis (L., 1758) 16 2 J 13 

Pholedes minima (Haworth, 1809) 113 I 10 

P. pygmina (Haworth, 1809) 5 4 

Amphipoea lucens (Freyer, 1845) 193 30 506 33 

A. crinanensis (Burrows, 1908) 482 38 66 8 

Hydraecia micacea (Esper, 1789) 51 3 6 2 

Celaena haworlhii (Curtis, 1829) 16 211 I 

Caradrina clavipalpis (Scopoli, 1763) 1 I 

• 

Slilbia anomala (Haworth, 1812) 104 6 124 

Plusia /eslucae (L., 1758) 4 I 40 

AUlographa gamma (L., 1758) 22 11 8 4 

A. pulchrina (Haworth, 1809) 19 8 23 4 

A. jOla (L., 1758) 3 1 19 

A. braclea (Denis & Schiffermiiller, 177 5) I I 

Syngrapha inlerrogalionis (L., 1758) I I 

Hypenodes lurfosalis (Wocke, 1850) 2 12 

himna unipuncta (Haworth, 1809), Phlogophora 

meticulosa (L., 1758) and Autographa gamma 

(L., 1758). All are migrants which follow a 

north-western route of dispersal. A. gamma is 

by far the most common species, appearing regularlyevery 

year, both during summer and autumn. 

C. cardui appear also regularly, but in 

smaller numbers. The other species occur more 

sporadically, and of M. unipuncta there are only 

two previous records from Northern Europe, 

viz.: Kvisker, South Iceland 18 Oct. 1959 (Wolff 

1971) and Dueodde, Bornholm, South Baltic 21 

Oct. 1969 (Deurs 1971). 

Species diversity 

The organisation of the Macrolepidoptera communities 

in the two main heathland habitats is 

described in terms of species diversity. A total of 

92 

125 species were caught in the light traps in the 

heath in 1978, compared to 161 species on the 

grassland, Tab. 5. The fact that the trapping in 

the heath had to be terminated in September 

probably led to that a few species with late flight 

periods were not taken in this locality. It concerns, 

however, at the most 8 or 9 species. Most 

probably it does not have any serious impact on 

the calculated diversity indices, 

Seven families were represented in the two 

sets of mater~al, of which Noctuidae and Geometridae 

were the two important ones. On the 

grassland 85 species of Noctuidae were taken, 

and the family constituted nearly 69 % of the total 

catch. Ceometridae were represented by 65 

species, making up nearly 31 % of the total. In 

the heath 74 species ofNoctuidae and 40 species 

of Geometridae were taken, constituting respec 

~ 

f

Table. 4. Additional Macrolepidoptera species taken on northern Sotra between 1975 and 1980. The locality of 

species taken in lights traps is referred to with the locality number (see Tab. I). Relative abundance ( +, + +, 

+ + + ) of species observed (0), netted (n) or taken as larvae (]) in Cal/una heath and grassland habitats are given. 

\ 

I 

\ 

SPECIES 

Light trap 

loc. no. 

Grassland 

Cal/una 

heath 

Lasiocampidae 

Lasiocampa quercus (L., 1758) + (0) 

Saturniidae 

Saturnia pavonia (L., 1758) + (0) 

Thyatiridae 

Ochropacha duplaris (L., 176]) 5 

Geometridae 

Antic/ea derivata (Denis & Shiffermuller, 1775) 

Lampropteryx suffumata (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 

Eulithis prunata (L., 1758) 

Thera firmata (Hubner, 1822) 

Eupithecia plumbeolata (Haworth, 1809) 

E. absinthiata (C1erck, 1759) 

E. denotata (Hubner, 1813) 

Chloroc/ystis rectangulata (L., 1758) 

C. debiliata (Hubner, 1817) 

Plagodis pulveraria (L., 1758) 

Selenia dentaria (Fabricius, 1775) 

Ectropis bistortata (Goeze, 1781) 

Ematurga atomaria (L., 1758) 

Bupalus piniaria (L., 1758) 

Campaea margaritata (L., 1767) 

7 

5 

5 

3 

5 

5 

5 

5 

4,7 

4,7 

4 

5 

5 

+(]) 

+ + + (0, n) 

Sphingidae 

Hemaris tityus (L., 1758) 

+ (n) 

• Arctiidae 

Parasemia plantaginis (L., 1758) +(]) 

Noctuidae 

Euxoa cursoria (Hufnagel, 1766) 

Agrotis ipsilon (Hufnagel, 1-'66) 

Xestia alpicQia (Zetterstedt, 1839) 

X. rhomboidea (Esper, 1790) 

Mamestra brassicae (L., 1758) 

Hadena rivularis (Fabricius, 1775) 

Mythimna pal/ens (L., 1758) 

Parastichtis suspecta (Hubner, 1817) 

Acronicta megacephala (Denis & Schiffermuller, 1775) 

Rhizedra lutosa (Huner, 1803) 

Colocasia coryli (L., 1758) 

Polychrysia moneta (Fabricius, 1787) 

Phytometra viridaria (Clerck, 1759) 

Hypena proboscidalis (L., 1758) 

tively 59 % and 40 % of the total. Of the remai The diversity indices used are given in Tab. 5. 

ning five families Notodontidae were represen The species richness, expressed by Menhinick's 

ted by 7 species in both localities, and Lasiocam index (d), was lower in the heath than on the 

pidae, Thyatiridae, Sphingidae and Lymantrii grassland indicating that fewer species actually 

dae by one species each. Combined, these five inhabit the heath. However, while the values for 

families made up less than 1% of the total catch the Noctuidae in the two localities only differ 

on the grassland, and less than 0.5 % in the slightly, the value for the Geometridae was 

heath. 

much lower in the heath than on the grassland. 

4 

I 

4 

I 

5 

5 

4 

I 

7 

4,7 

5 

5,6 

1,5 

+ (n) 

93

Table 5. Number of species and specimens of Macrolepidoptera taken in the light traps on the grassland at 

Austervagen and in the Calluna heath at Austre Loftmyra in 1978, and the various indices used to characterize 

the two communities. 

Grassland 

Calluna heath 

Total Noctuidae Geometridae Total Noctuidae Geometridae 

Number of species (S) ..... 161 85 

65 125 74 

40 

Number of specimens (N) .. 7436 5088 2277 8636 5130 3466 

Menhinick's index (d) ..... 1.867 1.192 1.362 1.345 1.033 0.679 

Shannon-Wiener's diversity 

index (H') ............. 5.237 4.593 3.619 4.662 4.201 2.846 

Lloyd & Ghelardi's equitability 

index (E) .......... 0.351 0.421 0.273 0.301 0.365 0.251 

The strongest reduction in species number occurred 

accordingly among Geometridae, while 

Noctuidae was relatively better represented in 

the heath. 

The overall diversity, expressed by the Shannon-Wiener 

diversity index (H'), and the equitability 

in the apportionment of the specimens 

among the species, expressed by Lloyd and Ghelardi's 

equitability index (E), were lower in the 

heath than on the grassland. The marked difference 

between Noctuidae and Geometridae also 

is apparent in these two indices as Noctuidae 

showed higher overall diversity and equitability 

than the Geometridae in both habitats. 

Similarity 

Serensen's quotient of similarity, (QS), and Renkonen's 

percentage of similarity, (%S), have 

been used to compare the similarity between the 

heath and the grassland faunas of the two important 

families, Noctuidae and Geometridae. 

The calculated values of Serensen's quotient, \ 

viz.: s =0.885 for Noctuidae ang s =0.667 for 

Geometridae, show that the Noctuidae faunas in 

the two habitats have more species in common 

than do the Geometridae. On the other hand, 

Renkonen's percentage of similarity, viz.: 

%S =54.5 for Noctuidae and %S =70.7 for Ge 

'I, 

'I. 

50 

50 

'0 

'0 

10 

10 

Fig. 2. Abundance of Geometridae species constituting 

more than I % of the light trap catches in the 

Calluna heath at Austre Loftmyra in 1978. 

Fig. 3. Abundance of Geometridae species constituting 

more than I % of the light trap catches on the 

grassland at Austervagen in 1978. 

94

50 

50 

30 

10 

. 

.~ 

"' 

Q. 

 

. 

, 

'" 

30 

10 

~ 

.~ 

"' 

I 

Fig. 4. Abundance of Noctuidae species constituting 

more than I % of the light trap catches in the Cat/una 

heath at Austre Loftmyra in 1978. 

ometridae, indicates that the ranking of the dominant 

species in the two habitats is more simi 

• lar in Geometridae than in Noctuidae. 

The dominant species 

The ranking of the dominant Geometridae in the 

heath and on,the grassland is shown in Figs. 2 

and 3. Thera cognata (Thunberg, 1792) was the 

dominant species in both habitats, constituting 

54% and 43% of the Geometridae in the heath 

and on the grassland, respectively. T. juniperata 

(L., I758) ranked as no. 2 (8 %) on the grassland. 

The species has a late flight period (see below), 

and as the trapping in the heath had to be terminated 

in September the species was not taken in 

this locality. Catches from other heath localities 

indicate, however, that the species also would 

have taken a dominant position in the material 

from this locality if the trapping had been continued. 

Both species are common and widespread 

in Western Norway. 

In the heath Eulithis testata (L., 1761) ranked 

as no. 2 (7 %), Pachycnemia hippocastanaria 

(Hiibner, 1799) as no. 3 (6 %), Eupithecia pusillata 

(Denis & Schiffermiiller, 1775) as no. 4 

(6 %), and Gnophos obfuscata (Denis & Schiffer 

Fig. 5. Abundance of Noctuidae species constituting 

more than I % of the light trap catches on the grassland 

at Austervagen in 1978. 

muller, 1775) as no. 5 (5 %). E. testata and E. 

pusillata are common and widespread in Western 

Norway. P. hippocastanaria is common in 

the coastal heaths, and single specimens have 

also been taken in the middle part of Hordaland. 

G. obfuscata is common in the lowland in the 

innermost part of Western Norway, but seems 

more or less to be absent from the middle part of 

Hordaland. 

On the grassland Eulithis populata (L., 1758) 

and E. testata ranked as no. 3 and 4, both constituting 

about 6% of the material, while Perizoma 

didymata (L., 1758) ranked as no. 5 (5 %). 

The species are all common and widespread in 

Western Norway. 

The ranking of the dominant Noctuidae in the 

two habitats is shown in Figs. 4 and 5. Lycophotia 

porphyrea (Denis & Shiffermiiller, 1775) was 

the dominant species in the heath, constituting 

30 % of the material. On the grassland Cerapteryx 

graminis (L., 1758) ranked as no. I (I5 %). 

Many places in Europe this species is a feared 

pest, appearing in high numbers at irregular intervals 

(e.g. Entwistle and Rivers 1974). Both 

species are common and widespread in Western 

Norway. 

Amphipoea lucens (Freyer, 1845) ranked as 

95

no. 2 (IO %) in the heath, and as no. 8 (4 %) on 

the grassland. On the grassland A. crinanensis 

(Burrows, 1908) ranked as no. 2 (10 %), while in 

the heath it only ranked as no. 19 (I %). The different 

occurrence of these morphologically similar 

species is probably due to A. lucens preference 

for humid habitats (Hoffmeyer 1962). The 

wet areas in the heath undoubtedly provide favourable 

conditions for this species. Both species 

are common and widespread in Western Norway. 

Three species, Celaena haworthii (Curtis, 

1829), Xestia castanea (Esper, 1796) and Noctua 

comes (Hiibner, 1813) were taken in large numbers 

only in the heath. C. haworthii ranked as 

no. 6 (4 %) in this locality, X. castanea as no. 8 

(3 %) and N. comes as no. 9 (3 %). C. haworthii is 

taken in bogs in most parts of Western Norway. 

X. castanea is more restricted to the coast where 

it is found on heath terrain. N. comes is distributed 

in the lowland all over Western Norway, 

but seems to be common only along the coast. 

Two species, Chersotis cuprea (Denis & Schiffermiiller, 

1775) and Photedes minima (Haworth, 

1809) were taken in large numbers only 

in the traps on the grassland. C. cuprea ranked 

as no. 10 (3%) in this locality, while P. minima 

ranked as no. 12 (2 %). P. minima is common 

and widespread all over Western Norway. C. 

cuprea is also distributed all over Western Norway, 

but is most common in the inlands. 

Aporophyla nigra (Haworth, 1809) and Stilbia 

anomala (Haworth, 1812) are typical for the coastal 

areas, allthough single specimens of both 

species have been taken in inner Hordaland. A. 

nigra ranked as no. 4 in both localities, constituting 

7 % and 5 % of the material from the grassland 

and the heath respectively. S. anomala ranked 

as no. 11 in the heath and as no. 13 on the 

grassland constituting approximately 2 % of 

both sets of material. 

~ 

'0 

'0 

'0 

A M A 5 o N 

Fig. 6. Light trap catches of Macrolepidoptera, as per 

cent of whole annual total per ten-day period, on the 

grassland at Austervagen in 1978. 

Flight periods 

The light trap catches taken on the grassland at 

Austervagen in 1978, divided in ten-day periods, 

are shown in Fig. 6. The frrst specimens arrived 

in the beginning of April, and no further 

specimens were taken after the middle of November. 

Largest catches were made in early August, 

with a smaller peak in late April - early 

May. 

The flight periods of Geometridae species taken 

in more than 100 specimens are shown in 

Fig. 7; the catches from the heath and the grassland 

have been combined. Most of the species 

have flight periods in late summer and early autumn. 

The duration of the flight periods varied 

from one and a half to nearly three months. The 

median day of the flight period of the different 

species, i.e. the day when 50 % of the specimens 

had been caught, are listed in Tab. 5. For most 

of the species the median day falls in the last 

third of July and the fIrst two thirds of August. I 

Thera juniperata had a late and vrry short flight 

period, lasting from 5 October to 15 November. 

Pachycnemia hippocastanaria is bivoltine on Sotra. 

The dominant spring generation were on the 

wing from 15 April to 10 June, while a few second 

generation specimens were caught in September 

and October. 

Among the Noctuidae species taken in more 

than 100 specimens there are two species, Cerastis 

rubricosa (Denis & Schiffermiiller, 1775) 

and Orthosia gothica (L., 1758), which fly in the 

spring (Fig. 8). Both had flight periods that lasted 

for about two months with median days in the 

last day of April and the fIrst days of May. Ceramica 

pisi (L., 1758) had a very long flight period, 

lasting from I0 May until 5 August, with the 

median day in the beginning of June. Several of 

the species flying during the summer, like Noctua 

pronuba (L., 1758), Lycophotia porphyrea, 

Cerapteryx graminis, Apamea monoglypha (Hufnagel, 

1766) and A. lateritia (Hufnagel, 1766) 

also have long flight periods lasting for more 

than two and a half month, most of them with 

median days in the beginning of August. The 

majority of the Noctuidae started to fly in late 

summer and early spring, and several of these 

species, like Euxoa obelisca (Denis & Schiffermiiller, 

1775), Chersotis cuprea, Xestia castanea, 

X. xanthographa (Denis & Schiffermiiller, 

1775), Amphipoea lucens, A. crinanensis and 

Stilbia anomala, had rather short flight periods 

lasting from one and a half to two months, with 

median days in the middle ofAugust. Three species, 

Paradiarsia glareosa (Esper, 1788), Apo 

96

Ent.phn. ' ••.f,.ta Perl~oma rilriymata 

cl' n :166 

50 ,j n:HJ 

, n: III SO 'i 0:7 

30 lO 

'5~ 

10 

; 

10 

5~ 

5~ 

A 5 A 5 o 

Eul/fh,s tu t.t. 

~ 

EUplthfr.:,a pus/llilt. 

-;; 50 

86 

0 5 

0 5 

~s 

~ 

;''il 

" 

" 

DE 

~s 

;" itjl 

" 

, 

LI:U 

Z51=1.I,f 

, 

"=Il 

QLI: LJ ,p 

os 

Jll.ldJlJ60I/lUI1/< f'IIUX 

0 5 'I 

0 5 

~s 

3 

i- Sl 

" 

" 

DE 

" 

OE 

IZ'U 

, 

Z91: u ~ 

l'iIIUII'JSI'::l J!I/~'X 

" 

F 

OS~ 

,t=u 

, 

LH'u P 

,q"uDJd l'npON 

OS 

;;: 

5 'I 

0 5 

" 

DE 

DE 

, 

lS=U 

tH=Us> 

, 

1'::llpUitW E'SJII1O 

5 'I 

lJjl= u 3 

9LLI= Up 

0 

UJ,(ydJod .'IOlldo:J,(7 

, 

6£=1,,1 

ZEI=U,p 

JlsoilJlf/5 PISJPlp.Jl'" 

05 

;;: 

" 

DE 

OS 

;;: 

" 

DE 

05 

;; 

~S 

; 

~Sl 

; 

~S 

~ 

~Sl 

, 

!it'll 

Ij 

H\: U Il 

E'iIIJdn::l SljOSJilllIJ 

, 

8\: u 

011' up 

SUi::lSitSUIl' .".,("1:1 

, 

ZI' 

OLI' 

" f'::lS'I"'qo 1I'01m3 

0 5 

0 5 

05 

;;: 

DE 

05 

" 

DE 

05

C.r"5tl~ 

fubricosa 

Amplllpyrd "agopOgIf'1I5 

d n ~96 

50 50 9 nd' 

" 

.. 

" 

1~ 

~ 

10 10 

S~ 

M A M A s o 

C.ramiclI pt,t 

Ap..mt. monogiypha 

d n: 103 

50 4 n =309 

g nd 

50 

9 n = 11' 

30 30 

,; E 

10 10 

5¥ 

lsl 

M 

A 

A 

S 

50 

C.,apte,yx grl/mlnlS ... Apamea latenl,. 

t! n =796 

V n =108 

50 

t1 n =280 

V n ='9 

30 

10 

A S A S 

... 01l"O!Ha gothlca 

50 

" "~"9 3 50 

9 n =53 

, 

Pho/edes mlft/m" 

d n:l21 

9 "=1 

30 30 

10 10 

.. 

lS~ 

~ 

s¥ 

M A S 

0" 

0" 

0" 

50 

ApQfopllyla n'9,a 0"- Amplllpoea lue'''' 

" ndSi" 

t! n. 599 

, 50 

n=1'" 

9 n.63 

30 

30 

'0 

10 

A S 0 N A S 0 

99

..- Amphlpo•• Crln."."SIJ 

50 

d n = 5L8 

~ n: ~ 6 

-;;50 

SrI/bioi anomal. 

Table 6. Sex ratio and median day of species taken in 100 specimens or more in the light traps in the Cal/una 

heath at Austre Loftmyra and on the grassland at Austervagen in 1978. Median day have been calculated for 

the females only in species were 25 or more females were caught. The median day given for Pachycnemia hippocastanaria 

refer to the spring generation. 

~ 

) 

SPECIES n %9 

cl 

Median day 

9 

Geometridae 

Entephria caesiata 185 10,3 15.7 

Eulithis testata 379 4,0 18.8 

E. populata 

188 4,3 9.8 

Thera cognata 

2841 8,6 3.8 5.8 

T. juniperata 171 1,2 13.10 

Perizoma didymata 

150 4,7 8.8 

Eupithecia pusillata 

291 22,7 16.8 17.8 

Pachycnemia hippocastanaria 242 14,0 19.5 22.5 

Alcis repandata 179 8,4 18.7 

Gnophos obfuscata 188 8,5 26.7 

Noctuidae 

Euxoa obelisca 181 6,6 14.8 

Rhyacia grisescens 128 14,1 9.8 

Chersotis cuprea 159 22,0 13.8 15.8 

Noctua pronuba 381 8,9 12.8 14.8 

N. comes 194 12,4 12.8 

Paradiarsi glareosa 171 22,8 3.9 6.9 

Lycophotia porphyrea 2063 13,9 16.7 27.7 

Diarsia mendica 400 14,6 17.7 29.7 

Xestia castanea 183 11,5 17.8 

X. xanthographa 169 10,1 17.8 

Cerastis rubricosa 141 5,7 30.4 

Ceramica pisi 107 3,7 5.6 

Cerapteryx graminis 904 11,9 6.8 9.8 

Orthosia gothica 546 9,7 1.5 6.5 

Aporophyla nigra 595 23,7 5.9 6.9 

Amphipyra tragopoginis 120 20,0 1.9 

Apamea monoglypha 433 28,6 2.8 6.8 

A. lateritia 329 14,9 2.8 3.8 

Photedes minima 124 0,8 23.7 

Amphipoea IUfens 762 8,7 22.8 19.8 

A. crinane,lsis 594 7,7 14.8 19.8 

Celaena haworthii 228 0,4 10.8 

Stilbia anomala 235 3,0 8.8 

were lower than on the neighbouring grassland. 

This difference is undoubtedly rootet in the fact 

that the grassland has a richer flora (0vstedal 

1978), and more Macrolepidoptera can hence 

find suitable foodplants in this habitat. 

However, while the species richness among 

Noctuidae in the heath was only slightly lower 

than on the grassland, the difference between 

the two habitats was more pronounced in Geometridae. 

S0rensen's quotient of similarity also 

shows that the Noctuidae faunas in the two habitats 

are more similar than the Geometridae 

faunas. This difference might be connected with 

the windy climate. Based on light trap catches 

Williams (1940) demonstrated a strong negative 

correlation between wind velocity and the flight 

activity of insects, and also that Noctuidae are 

less affected by wind than the average other insects. 

The generally more slender, broad-winged 

Geometridae might therefore be more vulnerable 

than the Noctuidae in the open wind exposed 

heathlands on northern Sotra, and Geometridae 

from neighbouring habitats might therefore 

generally be more reluctant to fly across 

heath terrain. The higher similarity between the 

Noctuidae faunas in the heath and on the grassland, 

as shown by S0rensen's quotient, might 

accordingly be an expression of a higher dispersal 

ability of Noctuidae in a windy climate. The 

flight activity of the Geometridae inhabiting the 

heaths seems, however, not to be seriously supressed 

by wind, as the family constituted 40 % 

101

Table 7. Foodplants of the dominant Macrolepidotera on northern Sotra. (P) indicate that a species is polyphagous. 

SPECIES 

Geometridae 

Xanthorhoe designata 

Entephria caesiata 

Cosmorhoe ocel/ata 

Eu/ithis testata 

E. popu/ata 

Thera cognata 

T. juniperata 

C%stygia pectinataria 

Hydriomena Jurcata 

Perizoma minorata 

P. didymata 

Eupithecia intricata 

E. nanata 

E. pusi//ata 

ftame wauaria 

Pachycnemia hippocastanaria 

Crocallis e/inguaria 

C/eora cinctaria 

A/cis repandata 

Gnophos obJuscata 

Foodplants 

Cruciferae (Cardamine pratensis) 

Ericaceae 

Ga/ium 

Cal/una, Vaccinium u/iginosum (P) 

Vaccinium myrti//us, Sa/ix (P) 

Juniperus 

Juniperus 

Ga/ium (P) 

Vaccinium myrti//us, Sa/ix 

Euphrasia 

Vaccinium myrti//us, herbs (P) 

Juniperus 

Cal/una 

Juniperus 

Ribes 

Cal/una 

hardwoods (P) 

hardwoods, herbs, Ericaceae (P) 

hardwoods, Ericaceae (P) 

herbs, Ericaceae (P) 

J 

Noctuidae 

Euxoa obe/isca 

Rhyacia grisescens 

Chersotis cuprea 

Noctua pronuba 

N. comes 

Paradiarsia g/areosa 

Lycophotia porphyrea 

Diarsia mendica 

Xestia castanea 

X. xanthographa 

Cerastis rubricosa 

Ceramica pisi 

Cerapteryx graminis 

Orthosia gothica 

Aporophy/a nigra 

Amphipyra tragopoginis 

Apamea monog/ypha 

A. /ateritia 

A. furva 

Photedes minima 

Amphipoea /ucens 

A. crinanensis 

Hydraecia micacea 

Ce/aena haworthii 

Sti/bia anoma/a 

herbs, grasses (P) 

herbs, grasses (Pl 

herbs, (Pl 

herbs, (P) 

herbs, (P) 

herbs, Cal/una, Sa/ix (P) 

Cal/una 

herbs (P) 

Cal/una, Vaccinium myrtil/us (P) 


herbs (P) 

herbs, hardwoods, grasses (P) 

grasses (P) 

herbs, hardwoods (P) 


herbs, hardwoods (P) 

grasses (P) 

grasses (P) 

grasses (P) 

grasses, sedges (Pl 

herbs on swampy ground (P) 

herbs on swampy ground (P) 

herbs and sedges on swampy ground (P) 

sedges (P) 

Ericaceae 

of the catches in this habitat compared to 31 % 

on the grassland. 

More likely the high number of Noctuidae 

species taken in the heath is connected with the 

fact that many of the West Norwegian Noctuidae 

are polyphagous and hence have the possibi· 

lity to find foodplants in the heath. The foodplants 

of the dominant species, mainly according 

to Nordstr6m et al. (I 94 0, are listed in Tab. 7. 

The dominant Noctuidae, Lycophotia porphyrea, 

feeds on Calluna, and this plant is also the 

foodplant for several of the dominant Geometridae 

species, like Pachycnemia hippocastanaria 

and Eupithecia nanata, (Hiibner, 1813) and also 

102

Ematurga atomaria. Other species of Ericaceae, 

Vaccinium myrtillus, V. vitis-idaea, Erica tetrafix 

etc., also is important as foodplants for a high 

number of the Macrolepidoptera inhabiting the 

heath. Various grasses and sedges serve as foodplants 

for many of the dominant Noctuidae, 

like Cerapteryx graminis, Apamea monoglypha, 

Amphipoea lucens and Celaena haworthii, while 

several of the dominant Geometridae, like Thera 

cognata, T. juniperata, Eupithecia pusillata and 

E. intricata (Zetterstedt, 1839) feed on Juniperus. 

Juniperus grows abundantly both in the 

heath and on the grassland and the importance 

of this plant as a food plant is reflected in the 

high similarity between the Geometridae faunas 

in the two habitats, shown by Renkonen's percentage 

of similarity. 

The bimodality in the total catch, with largest 

catches in spring and late summer might be a result 

of reduced efficiency of the traps during the 

short and bright middsummer nights. Light 

traps catch insects because the high illumination 

ofthe traps relative to the surroundings interfers 

with the normal photic orientation of the insects. 

Anything that reduces the contrast will 

have the effect of reducing the catch (Verheijen 

1960). In Western Norway light traps must therefore 

be expected to be more efficient during 

the long dark nights in the spring and towards 

the autumn than during the middsummer nights 

(cf. Ulfstrand 1970, Southwood 1975). High 

• background illumination might also have a direct 

effect. Moonlight depresses flight activity in 

insects (Williams 1936, Williams and Singh 

195 I), and Persson (} 971) indicated that also the 

normal night light in June might lower flight activity. 

In any ease, in the open, flat terrain on 

northern Sotra the background illumination in 

• middsummer must be particularly noticeable. 

The flight periods of the dominant species 

show a high degree of overlap with the flight 

periods recorded for the species elsewhere in 

Southern Norway and in England (e.g. Bakke 

1974, Williams 1939). Proceeding from south 

towards north on the northern hemisphere the 

flight periods of «vernal» species occur progressively 

later with increasing latitude, and conversely 

for the «autumnal» species (Wiltshire 1938, 

1941 a,b). Hardwick (I 97 I) has shown that a 

«phenological date» can be calculated for each 

species, considering the lenght of the summer in 

a given locality (actually the number of days 

with a temperature above 42°F). When comparing 

the time and duration of the flight periods 

of the dominant species on northern Sotra with 

their flight periods in other areas both the locality's 

northernly possition and the effect of the 

atlantic climate have to be taken into account. 

An uneven sex-ratio is often experienced in 

light trap catches and most often reflects differences 

in trappability between the sexes due to 

variation in phototactism and activity pattern. 

For some species there also are differences in 

flight potential between the sexes. The sex-ratio 

obtained in light trap catches seems, however, to 

be rather stable for many Noctuidae species. 

Williams (I 939) recorded f. inst. 9 % females in 

Xestia xanthographa, 11 % in C. graminis and 

25 % in A. monoglypha. The corresponding sexratioes 

in the light trap catches on northern Sotra 

were 10%, 12 % and 28 %, respectively. 

The tendency of the males to arrive a few 

days earlier than the females, i.e. protandry, has 

been experienced in light trap catches of different 

insect groups (e.g. Svensson 1972). Wiklund 

and Fagerstrom (I 977) suggested that protandry 

is the optimal reproductive strategy of 

males in species maintaining female monogamy, 

or in species in which sperm from males mating 

with virgin females on the average fertilizes a 

larger number of eggs than sperm from males 

mating with already mated females. 

In areas where the heaths are burned regularly 

Juniperus will disappear (Gimingham 

1976), and the Macrolepidoptera community in 

a well tended heath will accordingly contain fewer 

species than recorded here for the heaths on 

northern Sotra. However, the altered farming 

habits in Western Norway have led to the spreading 

of woody plants in the heaths, and a number 

of herbs will in time undoubtedly invade the 

heaths. As a greater variety of plants generally 

leads to a greater variety of plant-eaters (Murdoch 

et a1. 1972), a gradual higher diversity in 

the Macrolepidoptera community in the heaths 

is to be expected as an increasing number ofspecies 

will find suitable foodplants. On the other 

hand, if the attempts to vegetate the West Norwegian 

lowland heaths with foreign conifers is 

successful, the opposite trend will undoubtedly 

be experienced. 


I am greatly indebted to A. Fjeldsa for advise 

and help during all stages of the study. My 

thanks are also due to P. Andersen and W. Nielsen 

for assistance during the fieldwork, to M. 

Bravo for technical assistance and typewriting, 

and to T. Solh0y for valuable comments on the 

manuscript. Financial support was received 

from the Norwegian Research Council for Science 

and the Humanities (NAVF) and from 

Norwegian Statoil.

REFERENCES 

Andersen, T. 1974. Lepidoptera fra ytre Sogn og 

Fjordane. Storsommerfu1ger. Atalanta norveg. 2, 

69-85. 

Bakke, A. 1974. Abundance and diversity in the 

fauna of nocturnal moths at two sites in South 

Norway. Norsk ent. Tidsskr. 21,173-184. 

Deurs, W. van. 1971. Nye sommerfugle (Lepidoptera) 

i Danmark 1969. Entomol. Meddr. 39, 24- 25. 

Edelsten, H.M. and Fletcher, D.S. 1961. 4 ed. of R. 

South: The Moths ofthe British Isles I and 2. Frederick 

Warne & Co., London and New York. 

Entwistle, P.F. and Rivers, e.F. 1974. Observations 

on Antler Moth (Cerapteryx graminis (L)) (Lep., 

Noctuidae) and the 1970 outbreak in Britain. Entomologist's 

Month. Mag. 109, 72-78. 

Gimingham, e.H. 1976. Ecology of Heathlands. 

Chapman and Hall, London. 

Hardwick, D.F. 1971. The «phenological date» as an 

indicator of the flight period of noctuid moths. 

Can. Ent. 103, 1207-1216. 

Hauge, E. 1976. Spiders (Araneae) ofa West Norwegian 

Calluna heath. Linddsprosjektet. Rapport 20, 

Zoologisk Museum, Univ. Bergen. 

Hoffmeyer, S. 1962. De danske ugler. Universitetsforlaget, 

Arhus. 

- 1966. De danske mdlere. Universitetsforlaget, 

Arhus. 

Kaland, P.E. 1974. Blc Iyngheiene skapt av fimbulvinter 

eller ved menneskeverk Forskningsnyfl 

19,7-14. 

Lie-Petersen, 0.1. 1905. Entomologiske bidrag til 

skjrergaardsfaunaen i det vestlige Norge. Univ. 

Bergen. Arb. 1904. 1I. 1-25. 

Lioyd, M. and Ghelardi, R.J. 1964. A table for calculating 

the «equitability» component of species diversity. 

J. Anim. Ecol. 33.217-225. 

Menhinick, E.F. 1964. A comparison of some species 

- individuals diversity indices applied to samples 

of field insects. Ecology 45,859-861. 

Mortensen, M.S. 1974. Lindasprosjektet - tverrfaglig 

milj0forskning. Forskningsnytt 19, 2-3. 

Murdoch, W.W., Evans, F.e. and Peterson, e.H. 

1972. Diversity and pattern in plants and insects. 

Ecology 53,819-829. 

Nordstrom, F., Wahlgren, E. and Tullgren, A. 1941. 

Svenska F;drilar. Nordisk Familjeboks' Forlag, 

Stockholm,. 

-, Kaaber, S., Opheim, M., Sotavalta, O. and Douwes, 

P. (ed.J 1969. De Fennoskandiska och Danska 

nat(f/ynas utbredning. (NoctuidaeJ. e.W.K. 

Gleerup, Lund. 

Odum, E.P. 1971. Fundamentals ofecology. W.B. Saunders, 

Philadelphia. 

Opheim, M. 1955. Aporophyla nigra (HAW) synonymous 

with Noctua lunula STR0M 1768 (Lep. Agrotidae). 

Univ. Bergen. Arb. Naturv. R. 2, 1-8. 

Persson, B. 1971. Influence of light on flight activity 

of noctuids (Lepidoptera) in South Sweden. Ent. 

scand. 2, 215-232. 

Renkonen, O. 1938. Statistisch-okologische Untersuchungen 

iiber die Terrestrische Kiiferwelt der Finnischen 

Bruchmoore. Annls. zool. Soc. Vanamo 6, 

1-226. 

Solh0Y, T., 0vstedal, 0.0., KIungland, T. and Olsen, 

T. 1981. Planter, plantesamfunn og dyr pa et fors0ksfelt 

med nrerliggende omgivelser pa Rebnor, 

Austrheim herred, Hordaland. Linddsprosjektet. 

Rapport 30. Zoologisk Museum and Botanisk Institutt. 

Univ. Bergen. 

Southwood, T.R.E. 1960. The flight activity of Heteroptera. 

Trans. R. ent. Soc. Land. 112, 173-220. 

- 1975. Ecological methods with particular reference 

to the study ofInsect Populations. Chapman 

and Hall. London. 

Svensson, B. W. 1972. Flight periods, ovarian maturation, 

and mating in Trichoptera at a South Swedish 

stream. Oikos 23, 370-383. 

S0rensen, T. 1948. A method of establishing groups 

of equal amplitude in plant sociology based en similarity 

of species content and its application to 

analyses of the vegetation on Danish commons. 

Bioi. Skr. K. danske vidensk. Selsk. N.S. 5, 1-34. 

U1fstrand, S. 1970. Trichoptera from River Vindeliilven 

in Swedish Lapland. A four-year study based 

mainly on the use of light-traps. Ent. Tidskr. 91, 

46-63. 

Verheijen, F.J. 1960. The mechanisms of the trapping 

effect of artificial light source» upon animals. 

Arch. Neerland. Zool. 13, 1-107. 

Wiklund, C. and Fagerstrom, T. 1977. Why do 

males emerge before females A hypothesis to explain 

the incidence of protandry in butterflies 

(Lep.). Oecologia 31,153-158. 

Williams, e.B. 1936. The influence of moonlight on 

the activity of certain nocturnal insects, particularly 

of the family Noctuidae, as indicated by a 

light trap. Phil. Trans. Ray. Soc. Lond. (B) 226, 

357-389. 

- 1939. An analysis of four years captures of insects 

in a light trap. Part I. General survey; sex proportion; 

phenology; and time of flight. Trans. R. ent. 

Soc. Land. 89, 79-131. 

- 1940. An analysis of four years captures of insects 

in a light trap. Part 11. The effect of weather conditions 

on insect activity; and the estimation and 

forecasting of changes in the insect population. 

Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 90: 227 - 306. 

- and Singh, B.P. 1951. Effect of moonlight on insect 

activity. Nature 167, 853. 

Wiltshire, E.P. 1938. Notes on the winter flight, in 

mild climates, of vernal and autumnal moths. Entomologist's 

Rec. J. Var. 50,144-146. 

- 1941 a. The summer flight, in cold climates, of 

vernal and autumnal Lepidoptera. Entomologist's 

Rec. J. Var. 53, 4-7. 

- 1941 b. The phenological classification of Palaearetic 

Lepidoptera. A preliminary essay. Entomologist's 

Rec. J. Var. 53,101-106. 

Wolff, N.L. 1971. The Zoology ofIceland. Vol. 3, part 

45. Lepidoptera. Ejnar Munksgaard, Copenhagen 

and Reykjavik. 

0vstedal, 0.0. 1978. Biologiske forunders0kelser pa 

Vindenes, Sotra. Botaniske granskingar pa land. 

Rapport ST 20397 Botanical survey. Botanisk Institutt. 

Univ. Bergen. 

Received 17 Nov. 1981. 

r

Survey of the Pine Beauty Moth Panolis jlammea in 

Norway in 1980 and 1981 using traps with synthetic 

pheromone analogues 

0YSTEIN AUSTARA 

INTRODUCfION 

Austara, 0. 1982. Survey of the Pine Beauty Moth Panolisjlammea in Norway in 1980 and 

1981 using traps with synthetic pheromone analogues. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 29, 105-109. 

Panolisjlammea (Denis & Schiffermuller) was recorded from 25 localities of a total of 36 localities 

surveyed in 1980 and 1981 using traps with synthetic pheromone analogues. The 

northern distribution was extended from Kvamme in M0re and Romsdal province to Namsos 

in S0f-Tf0ndelag. In South-Norway the moth was recorded from several localities further 

inland compared to previously known records and from several new localities along the 

west coast. The survey is a part of the internordic project «Pests of Pinus contorta)). In the 

nordic countries P.jlammea has never been reported as a pest of Pinus contorta Douglas, but 

because of heavy infestations in contorta-plantations in Scotland during the later half of the 

1970's. it was decided to obtain more information about the distribution of the moth in Norway. 

Other noctuids attracted by the pheromone analogue were Papestra biren (Goeze) 

(= Mamestra glauca (Hubner)); Orthosia gothica (Hubner), O. miniosa (Denis & Schiffermuller) 

and Anarta myrtilli (L.). 

0ystein Austara, Norwegian Forest Research Institute, p.a. Box 61, N-1432 As-NLH, Norway. 

The Pine beauty moth, Panolis jlammea (Denis 

& Schiffermiiller) (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae) is 

considered one of the most serious pests of Scots 

pine, Pinus sylvestris L., in Central Europe. 

Mass attacks are known since the fIrst half ofthe 

18th century, and most likely this moth was re 

sponsible for the devastations of the forests at 

Niirnberg in '1449-1450 (Berwig 1926). Tree 

• mortality is usually the results when the pine is 

completely defoliated by P. jlammea. 

In the Nordic countries, the Pine beauty has 

been of little importance as a pest. However, in 

southern parts of Sweden approximately 8700 

ha were heavily attacked during the years of 

1947 and 1948, resulting in considerable tree 

mortality. Until 1947, infestations very seldom 

occurred. (Lekander 1954). From Norway it is 

not known that the moth has ever damaged the 

forest. 

In different regions of Scotland heavy attacks 

of the moth developed in young plantations of 

Lodgepole pine, Pinus cortorta Douglas, during 

As a result ofthe experiences from Scotland it 

was decided to obtain more information about 

the distribution of the Pine beauty in Norway, 

because P. contorta is of interest as a supplemen· 

tary tree species on particular growing sites in 

several parts of the country. 

The previously known distribution of P. 

jlammea in Norway is shown in fIg. I. (After 

Opheim 1967, 1971, 1975, 1976, Nordstr0m et 

al. 1969, Berggren 1970, Mehl 1971, Bakke 

1974, Svendsen 1976). - For the rest of the 

Nordic countries, P. jlammea is recorded in one 

locality as far north as the Polar circle in Fin 

land, and is fairly common from the south to the 

middle parts of the country. (Mikkola & Jalas 

1977). In Sweden, the northernmost known locality 

is at the Gulf of Bothnia, and the moth is 

common in the middle and southern areas ofthe 

country. The Pine beauty is locally recorded 

over the whole of Denmark (Nordstr0m et al. 

1969). 

the later half of the 1970's resulting in the death 

SURVEY METHOD 

ofapproximately 300 ha of plantations (Stoakley Pheromone traps were used for the survey. The 

1977, 1979). Prior to this the Pine beauty had trap is made of a wax impregnated cardboard 

never occurred as a pest of the pine forests in sheet, folded to the shape of a triangular prism, 

Great Britain. 

open at both ends. The trap is developed by Arn 

Fauna norv. Ser. B 29, 105-109. Oslo 1982. 105

..... 

Cll 

'-' )or---OOr-OOOO O NNC"'1 

0 I.D...::tN ..... 

H 

-- 

>,- 

..... 

'"' 

....," ..... 

l 

co 

'" 

v 00/ v-l >-l«C;J::H 

Fig. 2. Trap model. (Copied from Bogenschiitz 1980). 

TESTING THE METHOD IN 1980 

In 1980 the traps were tested in 10 localities 

(tab. I and fig. 1) from two ofwhich the Pine beauty 

had been previously recorded. 

(In both table 1 and 2, region and EIS grid no. 

are in accordance with Strand (I 943) and Heath 

(I 977), respectively). 

The number of traps in each locality varied 

between three and five (tab. 1). The distance between 

traps was approximately 100 meters. The 

traps were usually hung on branches of trees, 

I.5- 2 meters above the ground. 

P. jlammea was trapped in 8 of the 10 localities. 

The results are listed in tab. 1 which also 

shows the trapping periods. 

As opposed to the negative results from the 

• Fiskvik locality in Ytre Rendal one would have 

expected the moth to be caught at the locality in 

Lardal according to the formerly known distribution 

of the Pine beauty. However, the negative 

catches in Lardal can fle explained by the 

fact that the atea was stocked by mainly spruce 

forest. 

Because the traps proved to be effective (tab. 

I) and since the trapping method is simple it was 

decided to organize a more extensive survey in 

1981. 

SURVEY 1981 

a) Distribution and control of traps 

Traps were placed in 29 localities in natural pine 

forests (tab. 2 and fig. 1). Three of the localities 

were the same ones as in 1980. 

With a few exceptions (tab. 2) the number of 

traps was five in each locality, the distance between 

traps being approximately 100 meters. 

The traps were set out when the daily maximum 

temperature reached 14 - 15°C even if the 

ground was partly snowcovered. 

The first trap catches were collected one week 

after the first moth was observed in the trap. 

The sticky cardboard sheet with the moths was 

then replaced with a new sheet, which remained 

in the trap for the next two weeks. Then the 

traps were taken down and the catches sent to 

the institute for identification. - In some localities 

this time-schedule was deviated from. However, 

the rubber capsule dispensers are effective 

for at least 6 weeks (Bogenschutz 1981), and 

therefore the traps have functioned at least for a 

part of the flight period. 

b) Results 

Tab. 2 shows the number of Pine beauty males 

caught in the localities during the various trapping 

periods. - It should also be mentioned that 

in most localities the traps caught considerable 

numbers of two other noctuids, Papestra biren 

(Goeze) = (Mamestra glauca (Hubner» and Ort 

.'lOsia gothica (LJ 

Largest number of P. biren in 5 traps was 58 

from Hitra, while accordingly from Grue in 

1980 the number was 77. Two specimens of 

Orthosia miniosa (Denis & Schiffermuller) were 

trapped at Trom0Y, the southernmost locality in 

1980. In 1981, 8 specimens of Anarta myrtilli 

(L.) were trapped at Kvernesmoen in Ytre Rendal. 

COMMENTS 

The trapping records show that P. jlammea in 

Norway is more extensively distributed than 

was formerly known. 

Previously the northernmost record was from 

Kvanne in M0re and Romsdal province (Mehl 

I.e.), while now the moth has been shown to exist 

at least 1 1/ 2 degree latitude further north, 

near Namsos in Nord-Tf0ndelag province. It 

should be noted that the records were negative 

at the northernmost trapping sites, Saltdal and 

MaIselv. Also in East-Norway the distribution 

was extended northward from Elverum to 

Kvernesmoen in Ytre Rendal. However, at 

Kvernesmoen only one specimen was trapped, 

and at Fiskvik and Engerdalssetra in the adjacent 

districts the records were negative. This indicates 

that there is a considerable reduction in 

abundance between Elverum and Ytre Rendal/Engerdal, 

possibly due to the increasing altitudes 

towards the latter localities (tab. 2). 

The survey did not aim at elucidating details 

on the flight periods of P. jlammea. However, 

107

July 

7. 14. 

Total 

I 0 

1 

0 

73 

8 

0 

0 

7 

I 

47 

0 

16 

9 

4 

7 

9 

75 

14 

I 

3 

11 

1 

2 

0 

0 

29 

0 

0 

0 

-o 

00 

Table 2. Catches of PanoZis fZammea in 1981. Trapping period: I-- ---< 

Region Locality EIS 

grid 

no. 

HEn 

HEn 

HEn 

HEs 

HEs 

On 

Bv 

Bv 

Bv 

Bv 

TEi 

AAy 

AAi 

VAy 

Ry 

Ry 

Ri 

HOy 

HOi 

SFy 

SFi 

MRy 

MRy 

STy 

STi 

NTy 

Nsi 

TRi 

TRi 

Engerdal, Engerdalsetra 

Ytre Rendal, Kvernesmoen 

Ytre Rendal, Fiskvik 

Elverum, Starmoen 

Stange, Haugen 

Nord-Fron, Kaltrud 

Gol, Hagaskogen 

Nore, Bogstrand 

Rollag, Sk~llhaug 

Rollag, Deilesmyr 

Vinje, Hovdestadmogen 

Amli, Sagtj~nn 

Evje, Syrtveit 

Mandal, KIev 

Sandnes, Foss-Eikeland 

Jelsa, Berakvam 

Suldal, Vasshus 

Stord, Tveitavannet 

Ulvik, Bergo-Aurdal 

Hyllestad, Kolgrov 

Sogndal, Kaupanger 

Volda, Morkaasen 

Tingvoll, Hakkashaugen 

Hitra, Innerdalen 

Selbu, Store Slindvatn 

Namsos, H~knes~ra 

Saltdal, Medby 

Malselv, Divimo 

Malselv, Ulebergli 

73 

64 

64 

55 

46 

62 

43 

35 

35 

35 

25 

10 

9 

2 

7 

14 

15 

23 

41 

49 

51 

67 

85 

91 

93 

106 

127 

154 

154 

Altitude, 

m 

625 

300 

620 

230 

260 

400 

280 

300 

240 

230 

415 

160 

250 

75 

50 

20 

75 

50 

300 

250 

210 

110 

120 

50 

360 

5 

113 

90 

130 

Nos. 

of 

traps 7. 

5 

5 

5 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

3 

2 

April 

14. 21 28 ~ :. 

Nos. of P. fZarnnea males 

May June 

14. 21. 28 J 7. 14. 21 28 ~ 

I 0 

____ 1 ----l 

I 0 

__ 23 

I 50~ 

1--1 I 7---1 

I 0 I 

I 0 I 

1--0 I 7 -----l 

~O I 1---1 

~O I 7 -----1 

I 0 I 

__ 

~ 

43 ...... 7-+--6- 

I 5---1 

I 

1 __ 4 I 0 

_6 I 

~91 0 I 

... 43_32 I O~ 

1--1 I 10 I 3----1 

__ 1~0--f 

I 3 I 

....... 9 ____ 2---4 

~1~0-t 

I--- 2 I 0---1 

I 0 I 

I 0 I 

1---29 I 0---1 

I 0 I 

... 

I 

0 

.... 0 

I 

I 

I 

I

the results indicate certain differences between 

the various parts of the country. In the southern 

West-Norway and the coastal parts ofthe rest of 

South-Norway, flight activity occurred in general 

from early April till the end of April/beginning 

of May. In the northern parts of 

West-Norway and in the inland parts of the rest 

of South-Norway, the flight period was about 

one month later, from the beginning and towards 

the end of May. Also at the northernmost 

locality, Namsos, the flight period was in mid 

May. Locally, climatic variations may of cource 

lead to deviations from the general flight periods 

(e.g. Suldal-Stord). 

In many of the Norwegian localities the average 

catches per trap were greater than corresponding 

catches in most of 16 trapping localities 

in Central Europe in 1980 (Bogenschiitz 

1981). 

In severallocalities in East-Norway considerable 

catches of P. jlammea were made in traps 

placed inside young and older contorta plantations. 

The oldest plantation was 50 years of age. 

Also in West-Norway there are contorta plantations 

in districts from which the Pine beauty 

was recorded (Brekken 1968). However, injuries 

to contorta pine by P. jlammea have never been 

reported from any part of Norway. 


Without the assistance of the Forest Service in 

the various districts of Norway, it would not 

have been possible to carry out the extensive 

survey in 1981. District officers have been directly 

engaged in the work, or have arranged 

with private pefsons to participate in the survey. 

In 1980 the trapped specimens were identified 

by Mr. Sigurd Andreas Bakke, in 1981 by Mr. 

Leif Aarvik. 

Traps and pheromon analogues were provided 

by Dr. Hermann Bogenschiitz, West-Germany. 

The survey is a part ofthe inter-nordic project 

«Pests ofPinus contortaii, and is mainly financed 

by the Nordic Council of Ministers through the 

Nordic Forest Research Cooperation Committee. 

The author is most grateful to the Forest Service, 

the above named persons and institutions 

for the assistance and help. 

REFERENCES 

Am, H., Rauscher, S. & Schmid, A. 1979. Sex attractant 

formulations and traps for the grape moth 

Eupoecilia ambiguella Hb. Mitt Schweiz. Ent. Ges. 

52, 49-55. 

Bakke, A. 1974. Abundance and diversity in the 

fauna of nocturnal moths at two sites in South 

Norway. Norsk ent. Tidsskr. 21, 173-184. 

Berggren, K. 1970. Lepidoptera fra Kristiansandsdistriktet. 

1. Macrolepidoptera. Atalanta norveg. 1, 

145-163. 

Berwig, W. 1926. Die Forleule in Bayern. Historischstatistisch-klimatologische 

Betrachtung. Fw. 

Ctrbl. 70, 165-181. 

Bogenschutz, H. 1980. Panolis jlammea - Projekt 

1980. Arbeitsrichtlinie. Forstliche Versuchs- und 

Forschungsanstalt, Abt. Waldschutz. StegenWittental. 

Cyclostyled, 5 pp. 

Bogenschutz, H. 1981. Bericht iiber die Ergobnisse 

des Panolis jlammea-Projektes 1980. S, '~en- Wittental. 

Cyclostyled, 14 pp. 

Heath, J. 1973. Den Europeiske Evertebratkartlegging. 

Rettledning for samlere. European Invertebrate 

Survey. Norsk bearbeidet utgave ved Kaare 

Aagaard. Det Kg!. Norske Videnskabers Selskab, 

Museet, Trondheim. 19 pp. 

Lekander, B. 1954. Skogsinsektemas upptriidande i 

Sverige under tiden 1946-1950. Meddn. St. 

SkogforskInst. 44, 1-46. 

Mehl, R. 1971. Nordm0res Lepidoptera. 2. Svermere, 

spinnere, malere og nattfly. Atalanta norveg. 

1,191-203. 

Mikkola, K. & Jalas, I. 1977. Suomen perhoset. Yokkoset 

1. Otava, Helsinki. 256 pp. 

Nordstr0m, F., Kaaber, S., Opheim, M. & Sotavalta, 

O. 1969. Defennoskandiska och danska nattjlynas 

utbredning. (Noctuidae). 152 pp. 403 plates. Lund. 

C.W.K. Gleerup. 

Opheim, M. 1967. Nye lokaliteter for norske Lepidoptera, 

samt sjeldnere funn. Atalanta norveg. 1, 

29-40. 

Opheim, M. 1971. Nye lokaliteter for norske Lepidoptera 

samt sjeldnere funn IV. Atalanta norveg. 

1,236-243. 

Opheim, M. 1975. Nye lokaliteter for norske Lepitoptera 

samt sjeldnere funn VIII. Atalanta norveg. 

2, 111-119. 

Opheim, M. 1976. Nye lokaliteter for norske Lepidoptera 

samt sjeldnere funn IX. Atalanta norveg. 

2,149-157. 

Priesner, E., Bogenschutz, H., Altenkirch, W. & Am. 

H. 1978. A sex Attractant for the Pine Beauty 

Moth, Panolis jlammea. Z. Naturforsch. 33 c, 

1000-1002. 

Stoakley, J.T. 1977. A severe outbreak of the pine beauty 

moth on lodgepole pine in Sutherland. Scottish 

Forestry 31,113-125. 

Stoakley, J.T. 1979. Pine Beauty Moth. Forestry 

Commission. Forest Record 120, 11 pp. 



208-224. 

Svendsen, S. 1976. Nye funn av Macrolepidoptera 

fra indre Aust-Agder (AAj). Atalanta norveg. 2. 

138-142. 

Received 31 March 1982. 

109

A small collection of calypterate Diptera (Tachinidae 

Sarcophagidae, Calliphoridae, Muscidae) from the Dovre 

mountains, Southern Norway 

KNLTROGNES 

Rognes, K. 1982. A small collection of calypterate Diptera (Tachinidae, Sarcophagidae, Calliphoridae, 

Muscidae) from the Dovre mountains, Southern Norway. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 

29, 110-114. 

( 

Data on 23 species of calypterate Diptera collected at Kongsvoll, Southern Norway, during 

the summer 1980 are given. Onychogonia cervini (Bigot, 188 I) (Tachinidae) is reported as 

new to Scandinavia; Pollenia intermedia Macquart, 1835, Protocalliphora chrysorrhoea (Meigen, 

1826) and Protocalliphora nuortevai Grunin, 1972 (Calliphoridae) as new to Norway. 

Some features of the P. nuortevai males and females are described. 

Knut Rognes, Stavanger lrererh0gskole, Postboks 2521 Ullandhaug, N-4001 Stavanger, 

Norway. 

During the summer 1980 John O. Solem at The 

Royal Norwegian Society of Sciences, The Museum, 

(DKNVS-MuseeO, Trondheim, ran four 

Malaise-traps at three localities at Kongsvoll 

(S0r-Tmndelag: STI: OppdaI), in the Dovre mountains. 

The traps were placed across small 

streams primarily to collect aquatic insects. Parts 

of the captured material, which was conserved 

in ethanol, was sorted out by Uta Greve Jensen, 

Museum of Zoology, Bergen, and sent to me for 

identification. I have pinned and treated it according 

to a procedure described by Herting (1961), 

and it is now deposited· at DKNVS-Museet, 

Trondheim, with duplicates in my own collection. 

The results of the examination are presented 

below. 

The localities (all in EIS 79) are: (I) Blesbekken, 

1100 m a.s.\., subalpine birch forest, UTM: 

32V-NQ 32.07; (2) Raubekken 900 m a.s.\., subalpine 

birch forest, VTM: 32V-NQ 31.08; (3) 

Raubekken 1200 m a.s.\., lower alpine zone, 

UTM: 32V-NQ 32.07. All localities lie in the lower 

parts of the western slopes of the mountain 

S. Knutsh0, east of Kongsvoll. 

Identifications mostly follow the works of 

Lundbeck (1927), Seguy (1928, 1941), Mesnil 

(1944-1975), Hall (1948), Emden (1954), Hennig 

0955-1964) and Zumpt (956). Other 

works used are cited separately for the species 

concerned. Benno Herting, Ludwigsburg, has 

verified my identification of the tachinids. The 

nomenclature and sequence of treated species 

largely follow Crosskey and Pont in Kloet & 

110 

J 

Hincks (1975). Otherwise the presentation follows 

Rognes (1981). Species marked with an asterisk 

have not been previously recorded from 

Norway. 

Family Tachinidae 

Trichopareia grandicornis (Zetterstedt, 1849). 

Previous records: Tachina laticornis Zetterstedt, 

1838: 637; Zetterstedt 1844: 1071; Tachina grandicornis 

Zett. - Siebke 1877: 83; Degeeria grandicornis 

Zett. - Bidenkap 190 I: 56; Admontia 

grandicornis Zett. - Ringdahl 1952: 136-137 

No. 112. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m I 9 9 Oct. 

Allophorocera ferruginea (Meigen, 1824). 

Taxonomy and previous records: Wood 1974; 

Rognes 1981: 109 (as Erycilla ferrugineaJ. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m I 9 31 July. 

•Onychogonia cervini (Bigot, 188\). 

Taxonomy: Mesnil 1956: 540 (as flaviceps); Herting 

1973: 7; Mesnil 1975: 1395. 

Material: Raubekken 1200 m 10 10 July. 

The terminalia have been dissected (G.pr. 46) and 

agree with the description given by Herting (J.d 

For comparative purposes I have also dissected a 

male Onychogonia flaviceps (Zetterstedt, 1838) 

(the specimen cited in Rognes 1981: 109). 

Zoogeographically this is an interesting capture. 

O. cervini Bigot has been known from rather 

few specimens from the Alps only, among which 

two.that have been bred from Orodemnias cervini 

(Fallou) (Lep.: Arctiidae), the only known host 

(Herting 1973: 7- 8). The above record is the first 

one from Scandinavia and cervini Bigot consequently 

the second known Palaearctic Onychogonia 

species with boreo-alpine distribution. Most in- 

FAuna norv. Ser. B 29, l/O-J 14. Oslo J982.

terestingly, the lepidopterous host species has also 

just recently been captured in Scandinavia for the 

first time (Sweden: Tome Lappmark, Nissuntjarro, 

altitude 700-1400 m) (Torstenius 1971, 

Palmqvist 1981, cf. also Hellberg 1980. Even 

though the locality is far north of the Dovre mountains, 

a search for Orodemnias cervini there 

might be successful. 

Onychogonia flaviceps (Zetterstedt, 1838). 

Taxonomy and previous records: See Rognes 

1981: 109-110. 

Material: Raubekken 1200 m I cl 7 Aug. 

Family Sarcophagidae 

Sarcophaga frenata Pandelle, 1896. 

Previous records: Sarcophaga frenata Pand. 

Ringdahl I 944a: 80; Ringdahl I 944c: 8; Ringdahl 

1952: 146-147 No. 294. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m I 9 3 July. 

Family Calliphoridae 

Calliphora alpina (Zerterstedt, 1838). 

Taxonomy: Ringdahl 1931: 172. 

Previous records: Sarcophaga alpina Zert. - Zetterstedt 

1845: 1305; Siebke 1877: 95; Acrophaga 

alpina Zert. - Ringdahl I 944a: 80; Ringdahl 

1952: 148-149 No. 353; Steringomyia alpina 

Zett. - Ringdahl I 944c: 7; Calliphora alpina 

Zett. - Zumpt 1956: 16. 

Material: Blesbekken 1100 m 29 9 19 June, I 9 

21 Aug.; Raubekken 900 m I cl 10 July, I cl 19 

31 July; Raubekken 1200 m I 9 10 July, I 9 31 

July, 19 14 Aug. 

Calliphora loewi Enderlein, 1903. 

Previous records: Calliphora loewi End. - Nuorteva 

& Vesikari 1966: 545. 

Material: Blesbekken 1100 m 29 9 24 July, I cl 

31 July. • 

Calliphora uralelfsis VilIeneuve, 1922. 

Previous records: Calliphora uralensis ViiI. 

Soot-Ryen 1925: 141-142; Lundbeck 1927: 150; 

Ringdahl I 944a: 80; Ringdahl I 944c: 6; Ringdahl 

1952: 148-149 No. 358; Nuorteva & Vesikari 

1966: 545; Calliphora uralense Villen. - Davies 

1954: 72. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m 19 24 July 

Calliphora vomitoria (L) 

Previous records: Musca vomitoria L. - Siebke 

1877: 98; Calliphora vomitoria L. - Bidenkap 

1892: 238; Bidenkap 1901: 60; Soot-Ryen 1925: 

141; Ringdahl I 944a: 80; Ringdahl 1944c: 6; 

Ringdah11952: 148-149 No. 356; Davies 1954: 

72; Brinkmann 1976: 326. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m 1 9 14 Aug., I cl 9 

Oct. 

Bellardia agilis (Meigen, 1826). 

Taxonomy: Schumann 1973; Schumann 1974. 

Previous records: Onesia agilis Meig. - Ringdahl 

I 944a: 80; Ringdahl 1944c: 6; Ringdahl 1952: 

148-149 No. 365. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m 2 cl cl 26 June, 

2 cl cl 3 July, I cl 10 July. 

The genitalia of one specimen have been dissected 

(G. pr. 38). 

Cynomya mortuorum (L.). 

Previous records: Sarcophaga mortuorum L. 

Zerterstedt 1838: 650-651; Zerterstedt 1845: 

1303; Siebke 1877: 95; Cynomyia mortuorum L. 

- Bidenkap 1901: 58; Strand 1903: 7; Soot-Ryen 

1925: 141; Ringdahl I 944a: 80; Ringdahl I 944c: 

7; Ringdahl 1952: 148-149 No. 355; Nuorteva 

& Vesikari 1966: 545. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m 2 9 9 19 June, I 9 3 

July. 

Pseudonesia puberula (Zetterstedt, 1838). 

Previous records: Musca puberula Zerterstedt 

1838: 654 (data of syntypes: Troms: TRY: 

Troms0, TroffiS0 I cl 19 24 July 1821); Dexia 

puberulaZerterstedt 1844: 1276;Siebke 1877: 93; 

Bidenkap 190 I: 54; Pseudonesia pubicornis Zert. 

- Ringdahll944c: 7; Ringdahll952: 148-149 

No. 368: Ringdahl 1954: 49. 

Material: Raubekken 1200 m 19 31 July. 

*Pollenia intermedia Macquart, 1835. 

Taxonomy: Mihalyi 1976. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m I cl 21 Aug. First 

Norwegian record. 

Pollenia rudis (Fabricius, 1786). 

Taxonomy: MihaIyi 1976. 

Previous records: Musca rudis Fabr. - Siebke 

1877: 99; Strand 1900: 70; Pollenia rudis Fabr. 

Strand 1903: 7; Strand 1906: 102; Strand 1913: 

324; Bidenkap 1892: 238; Bidenkap 1901: 61; 

Ringdahl I 944a: 80; Ringdahl 1944c: 5; Ringdahl 

1952: 148-149 No. 337. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m 1 cl 9 Oct. 

Protophormia terraenovae (Robineau-Desvoidy, 

1830). 

Taxonomy: Sabrosky 1956. 

Previous records: Musca groenlandica Zerterstedt 

1838: 657; Zerterstedt 1845: 1330; Siebke 1877: 

98; Phormia groenlandica Zert. - Soot-Ryen 

1925: 145; Ringdahl I 944a: 80; Phormia terraenovae 

R.-D. - Ringdahl 1944c: 5; Nuorteva & 

Vesikari 1966: 545; Protophormia azurea Fall. 

Ringdah11952: 148-149No. 342;Protophormia 

terrae-novae R.-D. - Davies 1954: 72. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m I cl 10 July, I cl 19 

7 Aug., I 9 28 Aug. I cl I 9 4 Sept., I 9 9 Oct. 

*Protocalliphora chrysorrhoea (Meigen, 1826). 

Taxonomy: Peus 1960. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m I cl 7 Aug., I cl 4 

Sept. 

The terminalia of one specimen have been dissected 

(G. pr. 34). Previously known from Austria, 

W. Germany (Aachen, Dachau) (Peus 1960) and 

Finland (Nuorteva 1960, Nuorteva & Jiirvinen 

1961, Grunin & Nuorteva 1969). According to 

current opinion the larvae are obligatory bloodsuckers 

of Riparia riparia L. nestlings. First Norwegian 

record. 

I11

•Protocal/iphora nuortevai Grunin, 1972. 

Taxonomy; Grunin 1972. 

Material: Blesbekken 1100 m 3 cl cl I Q 12 June, 

3 Q Q 19 June, 2 Q Q 26 June, I cl 17 July, I cl 

24 July, I cl I Q 31 July, I cl 21 Aug.; Raubekken 

900 m 2 Q Q 19 June, I Q 24 July, 2 Q Q 31 

July, 2 cl cl 7 Aug., I cl 2 Q Q 21 Aug.; Raubekken 

1200 m I cl 10 July, I cl 24 July. A total of 

12 cl cl and 14 Q Q. 

The terminalia of 6 males have been dissected (G. 

pr. 31, 3~, 33, 35, 36, 37) and they agree with 

Grunin's (I 972) figures. I have also compared the 

material with most of the type material (holotype 

male, 3 male and 6 female paratypes in Zoological 

Museum, University of Helsinki, Finland). I have 

not seen the 3 male and I female paratypes in 

Zoological Institute, Academy of Sciences, Leningrad, 

USSR. Previously the species is known 

only from Northern Finland (Lapponia enontekiensis: 

Enonteki6, Kilpisjiirvi; Lapponia inarensis: 

Utsjoki, Karigasniemil, close to the Norwegian 

border. As host for the larvae are known Turdus 

iliacus L., Calcarius lapponicus L. and Phylloscopus 

trochilus L. (Grunin 1972). 

Below are given some descriptive notes on the 

Norwegian specimens, since they are the only 

ones to have been captured in the wild (the Finnish 

type material was bred from larvae or puparia), 

and also a few data on the Finnish material 

examined. 

Both sexes: Apical third or more of second antennal 

segment (sometimes the whole segment), 

often basal part of third segment posteriorly, and 

vibrissal corner with red colour. Third antennal 

segment short. Peristomal part of gena not broad, 

subocular part smooth, without rugae. Palpi yellow. 

Prst aer 3 (4), post aer 3-4 (5), prst de 3 (4), 

post de 3 (4), sometimes assymmetrically developed 

(Finnish material: prst aer 3, post acr 3-6, 

prst de 3-4, post de 3-4). Postalar declivity almost 

always with a few short hairs at middle. 

Haltere with whitish yellow knob and yellow 

stalk. Squamae pure white. Basicosta brown to 

blackish brown, never as dark as epaulet, usually 

with lighter shade apically. 

Males: Frons at narrowest point 0.100-0.137 

times head width (mean 0.118, n = I I) (Grunin 

gives 0.104-0.152, mean 0.128, n=4, for the 

males in the type series); frons at narrowest point 

1.259-1.545 times distance between outer rims 

of posterior ocelli (mean 1.422, n = 12) (2 measurable 

Finnish males give 1.818, 1.810). Parafacialia 

and parafrontalia most often pure white dusted, 

sometimes with additional weak bluish or 

yellowish sheen; parafacialia with weak undulations; 

parafrontalia relatively broad, usually at 

least two thirds outside the inclinate frontal setae, 

with a single row of setulae outside the frontal setae. 

Females: Width of frons at vertex 0.284-0.317 

times head width (mean 0.299, n = 13) (Finnish 

females: 0.293-0.330, mean 0.315, n = 6). 

Width of frons at vertex 0.864-1.000 times distance 

between anterior ocellus and lunula (mean 

0.932, n = 13) (Finnish females 0.878-1.000, 

mean 0.955, n = 6). Width of frons at vertex 

0.487 -0.570 times greatest diameter of eye (not 

in profile view of head) (mean 0.526, n = 13)(Finnish 

females: 0.500-0.550, mean 0.530, n = 5). 

Interfrontal stripe 0.469-0.554 times total width 

of frons (both at level of anterior orbital setae) 

(mean 0.508, n = 13) (Finnish females: 

0.481-0.556, mean 0.513, n = 6). Area between 

prevertical, outer vertical and inner vertical setae 

polished black in all specimens except 3 which are 

dusted in this region. The Finnish females are apparently 

dusted in this region also, although their 

heads are rather dirty. Parafrontalia matt brown 

or greyish brown dusted; parafacialia glistening 

brown with a slight golden sheen; parafacialia 

with distinct rugae, at level of base of second antennal 

segment a very pronounced deep ruga, 

which in certain lights appears as a black transverse 

broad band or spot. Interfrontal stripe black 

as seen from above, brownish dusted as seen 

from in front, usually becoming narrower for- , 

wards, with a row of short hairs on each side (

Material: Raubekken 900 m I Q 17 July, I Q 31 

July; Raubekken 1200 m I d 31 Aug. 

Morellia hortorum (Fallen, 1816). 

Previous records: Musca hortorum Fall. - Zetterstedt 

1838: 660; Cyrtoneura hortorum Fall. - Siebke 

1877: 99; Bidenkap 1892: 239; Strand 1900: 

70; Bidenkap 190 I: 62; Muscina (Cyclaneum) hortorum 

Fall. - Strand 1906: 102; Morel/ia hortorum 

Fall. - Ringdahl 1928: 7; Ringdahl 1944b: 

83; Ringdahl I944c: 13; Ringdahl 1952: 

150-151 No. 380. 

Material: Raubekken 900 m I Q 17 July; Raubekken 

1200 m IQ 31 July. 

Myospila meditabunda (Fabricius, 178I). 

Taxonomy: Gregor 1968; Pont 1970. 

Previous records: Cyrtoneura meditabunda Fabr. 

- Siebke 1877: lOO; Myospila meditabunda Fabr. 

- Bidenkap 190 I: 62; Myiospila meditabunda 

Fabr. - Ringdahl 1921l: 19; Ringdahl 1944b: 84; 

Ringdahl I944c: 18; Ringdahl 1952: 158-159 

No. 573. 

Material: Blesbekken 1100 m I Q 17 July; Raubekken 

900 m I Q 14 Aug., I d IQ 28 Aug. 

Haematobosca stimulans (Meigen, 1824). 

Previous records: Stomoxys stimulans Meig. 

Siebke 1877: 80; Haematobia stimulans Meig. 

Ringdahl 1928: 10; Ringdahl I944b: 83; Ringdahl 

I944c: 13; Ringdahl 1952: 150-151 No. 394; 

Ard6 1957: 149. 

Material: Blesbekken 1100 m I d 19 June. 


I warmly thank B. Herting, Ludwigsburg, for most 

, kindly having examined the tachinids; T. Lund, Stavanger, 

for information on European arctiids; B. Lindeberg, 

Helsinki, for the loan of material; and finally 

Lita Greve Jensen, Bergen, and John O. Solem, 

Trondheim, for having given me the opportunity of 

studying this valuable collection. 

, 

REFERENCES 

Ard6, P. 1957. Studies in the marine shore dune ecvsystem 

with specieal reference to the dipterous 

fauna. Opusc. ent. Suppl. 14, 1-255. 

Bidenkap. O. 1892. Unders0gelser over Diptera Brachycera 

i Jarlsberg og Laurvigs amt sommeren 

1891. Ent. Tidskr. 13, 225 - 246. 

- 1901. Forel0big oversigt over de i det arktiske 

Norge hidtil bemrerkede Diptera Brachycera. 

TromslJ Mus. Aarsh. 23 (I 900), 13-112. 

Brinkmann, A. jr. 1976. Blowfly myiasis of sheep in 

Norway. Norw. J. Zool24. 325-330. 

Cuny, R. 1980. Revision of the genus Eudasyphora 

Townsend (Diptera: Muscidae), and reflections on 

its evolution. Can. Ent. 112, 345 - 373. 

Davies, L. 1954. Some Diptera collected at Holandsfjord, 

Norway. Norsk ent. Tidsskr. 9, 71 -72. 

Emden, F.I. van 1954. Diptera Cyclorrhapha Calyptrata 

(I).Section (a) Tachinidae and Calliphoridae. 

Handbk. Ident. Br. Insects 10 (4)(a), 1-133. 

Forsslund, K-H. 1951. Insektfynd pa fjiillet Hiirjehagna. 

Norsk ent. Tidsskr. 8. 196 - 202. 

Gregor, F. 1968. Die europiiischen Arten der Gattung 

Myospila Rond. (Dipt., Muscidae). Acta ent. 

bohemoslov. 65, 299-318. 

Grunin, KJ. 1972. Beschreibung einer ornithoparasitischen 

Fliege, Protocalliphora nuortevai Grunin, 

sp. n. (Dipt., Calliphoridae) aus Nord-FinIand. 

Ann. ent.fenn. 38,156-158. 

Grunin, KJ. & Nuorteva, P. 1969. The occurrence of 

the ornithoparasitic Protocalliphora species (Dipt., 

Calliphoridae) in Finland. Ann. ent. fenn. 35, 

57-58. 

Hall, D.G. 1948. The blowflies ofNorth America. The 

Thomas Say Foundation. 

Hellberg, H. 1981. Nordisk igelkottspinnare, Acerbia 

alpina, funnen i Sverige. Ent. Tidskr. 102, 

75-76. 

Hennig, W. 1955 -1964. 63b. Muscidae. - In: 

Lindner, E. (ed.), Die Fliegen der Palaearktischen 

Region 7 (2), 1-1110. 

Herting, B. 1961. Priiparation der entomophagen 

Dipteren. Entomophaga 6. liS -116. 

- 1973. Beitriige zur Kenntnis der europiiischen Raupenfliegen 

(Dipt. Tachinidae). XIII. Stuttg. Beitr 

Naturk. (A) 254, 1-18. 

KIoet, G.S. & Hincks, W.D. (eds.) 1975. A check list 

of British insects. Second edition. Part 5: Diptera 

and Siphonaptera. Handbk.Ident. Br. Insects 9 (5), 

1-139. 

Lundbeck, W. 1927. Diptera Danic·a. Part VII. Pla(vpezidae, 

Tachinidae. G.E.C. Gad, Copenhagen. 

Mesnil, L.P. 1944-1975. 64g. Larvaevorinae. - In: 

Lindner, E. (ed.), Die Fliegen der Palaearktischen 

Region 10, 1-1435. 

Michelsen, V. 1977. Oversigt over Danmarks Muscidae 

(Diptera). Ent. Meddr. 45.109-163. 

- 1979. Notes on the identity and type-material of 

the Anthomyiidae, Fanniidae, and Muscidae (Diptera) 

described by J.G. Fabricius. Steenstrupia 5. 

181-196. 

MihaIyi, F. 1976. Contribution to the knowledge of 

the genus Pollenia R.-D. (Diptera: Calliphoridae). 

Acta zool. Acad. scient. Hung. 22. 327 - 333. 

Nuorteva, P. 1960. Protocalliphora chrysorrhoea 

(Meig.) kiirpiisen toukat tormiipiiiiskyn loisina. 

Ornisfenn. 37.122-124. 

Nuorteva, P. & Jiirvinen, U. 1961. The insect fauna 

of the nests of sand martin (Riparia riparia L.) in 

Finland. Ann. ent. fenn. 27, 197 - 204. 

Nuorteva, P. & Vesikari, T. 1966. The synanthropy 

of blowflies (Diptera, Calliphoridae) on the coast 

of the Arctic ocean. Ann. Med. expo Fenn. 44, 

544-548. 

Palmqvist, G. 1981. Intressanta fynd av Macrolepidoptera 

i Sverige 1980. Ent. Tidskr. 102, 

99-104. 

Peus, F. 1960. Zur Kenntnis der ornithoparasitischen 

Phormiinen (Diptera, Calliphoridae). Dtsch. ent. 

Z. N.F. 7, 193-235. 

Pont, A.C. 1970. Myospila hennigi Gregor and Povolny, 

1959 (Dipt., Muscidae), new to Britain, 

113

and notes on the European species of Myospila 

Rondani, 1856. Entomologist's mono Mag. /06, 

111-113. 

Ringdahl, O. 1928. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Anthomyidenfauna 

des n6rdlichen Norwegens. TromslJ 

Mus. Aarsh. 49 (1926) (3), 1-60. 

- 1931. Einige Mitteilungen iiber lapplilndische 

Dipteren. Ent. Tidskr. 52, 171-174. 

- I 944a. Revision av Vilhelm Storms Diptersamling 

1. Familjen Tachinidae. K. norske Vidensk. Selsk. 

Forh. 17 (19), 79-81. 

- 1944b: Revision av Vilhelm Storms Diptersamling 

2. Familjen Muscidae. K. norske Vidensk. 

Selsk. Forh. 17 (20), 82-85. 

- 1944c. Contributions to the knowledge of the tachinids 

and muscids of Norway. TromslJ Mus. 

Aarsh. 65 (/942), (4), 1-27. 

- 1952. Catalogus Insectorum Sueciae XI Diptera 

cyclorrapha: Muscaria Schizometopa. Opusc. ent. 

17,129-186. 

- 1954. Nya fundorter fOr norska Diptera. Norsk 

ent. Tidsskr. 9,46-54. 

Rognes, K. 1979. Revision of the Norwegian material 

of the genus Dasyphora Robineau-Desvoidy 

(Diptera, Muscidae) with new records of species 

and localities. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 26, 49-58. 

- 1981. Recent records of Tachinidae and Rhinophoridae 

(Dipt.) from Norway. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 

28, 102-114. 

- 1982. Some interesting captures of Muscidae 

(Dipt.) from Norway. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 29, 

40-44. 

Sabrosky, C. W. 1956. The nomenclature of Protocalliphora 

(Diptera: Calliphoridae). Proc. R. ent. 

Soc. Lond. (B), 25,175-179. 

Schumann, H. 1973. Bemerkungen zum Status der 

Gattungen Onesia, Melinda und Be//ardia (Diptera, 

Calliphoridae). Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin 49, 

333-344. 

- 1974. Revision der palaearktischen Bellardia-Arten 

(Diptera, Calliphoridae). Dtsch. ent. Z. N.F. 

2/,231-299. 

8eguy, E. 1928. Etudes sur les mouches parasites. 

Tome I Conopides, Oestrides et Calliphorines de 

I'Europe occidentale. Recherches sur la morpho 

10gie et la distribution goographique des Dipreres 

alarves parasites. Encyc/. ent. (A) 9, 1-251. 

- 1941. Etudes sur les mouches parasites. Tome II 

Calliphorides. Calliphorines (suite), Sarcophagines 

et Rhinophorines de I'Europe occidentale et 

meridionale. Recherches sur la morphologie et la 

distribution geographique des Dipreres a larves 

parasites. Encycl. ent (A) 2/, 1-436. 

Siebke, H. 1877. Enumeratio Insectorum Norvegicorum 

Fasciculum IV. Catalogum Dipterorum Continentem. 

A.W. Bf0gger, Christiania. 

)oot-Ryen. T. 1925. g) Makkflueunders0kelsene. 

Aarsberetn. vedk. Norges Fiskerier /925: 

140-150. 

Strand, E. 1900. Bidrag til Hallingdals og Lyng0rs insektfauna. 

Nyt. Mag. Naturvid. 37, 46 -72. 

- 1903. Norske lokaliteter for Diptera. Christiania 

Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. /900 (3), 1-11. 

- 1906. Nye bidrag ill Norges hymenopter- og dipterfauna. 

Ill. Nye norske lokaliteter for Diptera. 

Nyt. Mag. Naturvid. 44, 102-104. 

- 1913. Neue Beitrilge zur Arthopodenfauna Norwegens. 

XVIII. Weiteres iiber von mir gesammelte 

Diptera. Nyt. Mag. Naturvid. 5/,323-329. 

Torstenius, S. 1971. Orodemnialcervini Fallou ssp. 

fridolini n.ssp. (Lepidoptera, Arctiidae). Ent. 

Tidskr. 92,173-177. 

Wood, D.M. 1974. Notes on A//ophorocera with a 

description of a new species (Diptera: Tachinidae) 

from Finland. Can. Ent. /06, 667 -671. • 

Zetterstedt, l.W. 1838. Insecta Lapponica. Sectio 

Tertia. Diptera. Lipsiae. 

- 1844. Diptera Scandinaviae disposita et descripta. 

3, 895 -1280. Lundae. 

- 1845. Diptera Scandinaviae disposita et deseripta. 

4, 1281-1738. Lundae. 

- 1849. Diptera Scandinavia disposita et descripta. 

8, 2935-3366. Lundae. 

Zumpt, F. 1956. 64i. Calliphorinae. - In: Lindner, 

E. (ed'>, Die Fliegen der Palaearktischen Region 

If, 1-140. 

Received 9 Feb. 1982. 

114

Chironomidae (Dipt.) from Ekse, Western Norway 

GODTFRED A. HALVORSEN, ENDRE WILLASSEN & OLE A. SiETHER 

Halvorsen, G.A., Wiliassen, E. & Srether, a.A., 1982. Chironomidae (Dipt.) from Ekse, 

Western Norway. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 29, 115 -l2t. 

A systematic list of the chironomid fauna from Ekse, Western Norway is given. Thirty-two 

genera and 67 species are listed, of which 13 species, including 3 uncertain, are new to region 

20 following Limnofauna Europea, and 4 are previously uncertain recordings. Two 

species are new to science, while II have a more or less uncertain taxonomic status. Diamesa 

ursus Kieffer, 1918, is synonymized with Diamesa hyperborea Holmgren, 1869. Figures 

of 2 species of Procladius Skuse are presented. 

G.A. Halvorsen, E. Willassen &a.A. Srether, Dept. of Systematic Zoology, Museum of Zoology, 

University of Bergen, N-5000 Bergen, Norway. 

INTRODUCTION 

The following paper is the result of a ftrst attempt 

by two of us (G.A.H. & E.W.ho get familiar 

with the family Chironomidae, and to obtain 

some knowledge of the chironomid fauna 

of Western Norway. For this purpose light trap 

catches taken from May to mid October 1976 at 

Ekse, ROi: Vaksdal were examined. The catches 

were part of «The Weir Project». a study of the 

,effects of building weirs in the regulated West 

Norwegian river Ekso, and collected by various 

participants of the project. 

The river Ekso is situated about 100 Km north 

east of Bergen. The light trap was placed at Ekse 

(60°50' N6° 15' E, altitude 580 m a.s.l.) about 20 

m from the river bank, just opposite an artificial 

weir making a basin with relative slowflowing 

water. The vegetation in the study area is described 

in Fredriksen (1980), the river being surrounded 

by pasture and hayfields, acid bogs and 

birchwood. The area lies in the subalpine birchwood 

belt. Apart from mosses, no aquatic macrophyte 

vegetation was present in the river. 


Most of the material examined consists of the 

above mentioned light trap catches from May to 

mid October 1976 at Ekse. While revising Eukiefferiella 

Thienemann, Tvetenia Kieffer and Diamesa 

Meigen several collecting trips were made 

to the same area in the summers of 1979 and 

1980 in order to rear specimens for these genera. 

The larvae were collected mostly from the surfaces 

of stones and from submerged mosses in the 

river and in tributary brooks, at most 3 km upstreams 

from the location ofthe light trap. However, 

a few collections were also made in the weir 

basin and in the bog pools. 

The light trap material represents a vast number 

of specimens. No attempt was made to make 

a quantitative subsampling or to cover all collecting 

dates. The specimens were determined to 

subfamily and grouped with a stereomicroscope 

and than mounted on slides following the procedure 

outlined by Seether (1969). The terminology 

used follows Seether (1980). The identified 

species are listed in alphabetic order under the 

respective subfamilies with collecting dates, 

number of identified specimens and systematic 

remarks when necessary. According to the faunistic 

aspect we do not designate species new to 

Norway, but follows the delineation of regions 

in Limnofauna Europea (Illies, 1978: 

XIII - XVII). This means that Ekse lies in region 

20, together with most of Norway. 0stfold is a 

part of region 14, Troms north of Troms0 and 

Finnmark are included in region 21, while parts 

of Sweden are included in region 20. 

For identification of the genera Pinder (1978), 

Bmndin (1956) and Fittkau (1962) were mostly 

used. For many genera such as Procladius Skuse 

and Orthocladius van der Wulp no appropriate 

keys on Palaearctic species exists. For these genera 

works on Nearctic species have been conferred. 

The species of the genera Chaetocladius 

Kieffer, Limnophyes Eaton, Orthocladius and 

Parakiefferiella Thienemann have been identified 

mainly by means of the descriptions given 

in Bmndin (1947, 1956). 

Fauna narY. Ser. B 29 .. 115 - 121. Oslo 1982. 115

.. 

"!' 

""1 

". ~ 

~ 

".2'~: _" .~ 

~-~~. 

'~~-Z:-~_ • 

i.-/ • - 

.-.:'-,\ - 

::\;.~~:~~.< 

:Ji/.~~;r~~\:· ~ 

\. -". 

;r~~-; 

. '~' .' ::,",:,' 

.. 

B 

--;-----....... 

'.; :~{.- ~:~: 

... '\ 

Fig. I. Procladius spp. - A-B Procladius sp. A, male 

hypopygium; D, tergites - CoD. Procladius sp. D. C, 

male hypopygium; D, tergites. 

o 

116

SYSTEMATIC LIST 

Podonominae 

Parochlus kiefJeri (Garret) 

2-11 Jun. 1976 2 males, 20-27 Ju\. 1976 2 

males. 

Tanypodinae 

Ablabesmyia monilis (L.) 

10-26 Aug. 19766 males. 

Krenopelopia binotata (Wiedemann) 

3-10 Aug. 19762 males. 

Macropelopia goetghebueri (Kiefferl 

10-16 Aug. 1976 2 males, 24 Jun. 1980 I male 

reared from a bog poo\. 

Macropelopia nebulosa (Meigen) 

8-27 Ju\. 1976 2 males, 26 Apr. 1979 I male 

reared from the river. 

Proc/adius (Proc/adius) sp. A. (Fig. I A-B) 

16-23 Aug. 1976 I male. 

The species is characterized by almost total absence 

of a heel on the gonostylus; the other surface 

of the gonostylus curved; and tergite VIII and 

the entire hypopygium light. Wing lenght 3.05 

mm. Spur on front tibia with 7 lateral teeth, spurs 

on mid tibia with 8 and 5 teeth, and spurs on hind 

tibia with 9 and 6 teeth respectively. tal and ta2 of 

front leg with 2 pseudospurs each, tal and ta2 of 

mid and hind legs with 3 pseudospurs each, and 

ta3of mid and hind legs with I pseudospur. 

Proc/adius (Proc/adius) sp. B. (Fig. I CoD) 

10-16 Aug. 19764 males. 

This species has slightly more pronounced heel 

on the gonostylus, and tergite VIII and the hypopygium 

are brown coloured. Wing length about 

2.60 mm. Spur on front tibia with 3 lateral teeth, 

spurs on mid tibia with 6 and 4 teeth, and spurs 

on hind tibia with 5 and 3 teeth respectively. Tarsomeres 

on front leg without pseudospurs, ta I 

and ta2 on mitl and hind legs with I each. 

Both species will key out to Proc/adius (Proc/adius) 

ruris Roback in Roback (I 97 I). Brundin 

(I 949: Sill has drawn the gonostylus of a specimen 

questionably determined as Proc/adius (Procladius) 

appropinquatus Lundstf0m. Roback has 

examined this specimen and states a possibility for 

P. (P.) ru ris being a synonym of P. (P') appropinquatus. 

The former species is previously known 

from North America. the latter is known only 

from region 21. 

Psectrotanypus I'aritls (Fabricius) 

24 Jun. -10 Aug. 1976 5 males. 

Thienemannimyia fusciceps (Edwards) 

13-26 Aug. 19768 males. 

Zal'relimyia cf. thryptica (Sublette) 

24 Jun.-IO Aug. 19764 males, 24 Jun. 1980 I 

male reared from the river. 

The specimens are determined to Z. cf. Ihryplka 

in Roback (I 972) due to the lack of crossbands on 

the wing. The pupa resembles Zal'relimyia nubila 

(Meigen) in not having a pale area around the 

plastron plate of the thoracic horn (

eared. Additional material studied: W. Norway, 

Lundeelv, J61ster Sept. 1980, G. A. Halvorsen 

leg., I male; Finse nr. Blliisen, 13 Aug. 1980, E. 

Willassen leg., 2 males. Lectotype and paralectotypes: 

labeled: Beeren Eiland, Holmgren Gn addition 

on lectotype: rev. D.R. Oliver 1959), Riksmuseum 

Stockholm (numbers 81 382-389),5 males 

and 3 females (including I female with genitalia 

missing). 

As indicated by the list of synonyms the taxonomic 

history of D. hyperborea is rather confusing. 

Part of the problems may be traced back to 

the inaccurate original description of the species. 

Kieffer's (J 918) first description of D. ursus from 

Bear Island was nothing more than a brief differential 

diagnosis separating D. ursus from D. hyperborea. 

One of the characters used was the 

number of flagellomeres. Holmgren (1869) counted 

only 10 flagellomeres in the male of D. hyperborea, 

while Kieffer found 1'3 in D. ursus. With a 

modern microscope Holmgren would have seen 

that the number of flagellomeres in D. hyperborea 

actually is 13, but adjacent flagellomeres may occasionally 

be partly fused. Oliver (1962), when 

examining Holmgren's type series did not make 

microscopic preparations of the specimens, except 

for the hypopygium of the lectotype which he designated. 

He did not comment on the error committed 

by Holmgren when describing the antenna. 

The original description of D. ursus was later 

corrected and improved by Kieffer (1919) himself, 

and Pagast (1947) redescribed D. ursus from Kieffer's 

material. Srether (1968) described D. ursus 

from Finse, Norway, and referring to Kieffer 

(1919), Pagast (1947), and Oliver (1962) pointed 

out morphological differences between D. ursus 

and D. hyperborea. Comparison of the type series 

of D. hyperborea and material from W. Norway 

shows that these characters are intraspecific variations. 

The types of D. hyperborea show AR values 

ranging from 0.28 to 0.35, and LR values of the 

front leg from 0.54 to 0.59 (Only three specimens 

could be measured). Specimens from W. Norway 

show AR values from 0.33 to 0.47 and LR values 

from 0.60 to 0.63. (The AR values for D. hyperborea 

given by Oliver (J 962), from 0.32 to 0.46, 

must have been measured on the pinned types or 

on additional material from Bear 1. available to 

him.). Kieffer (1919) states for D. ursus: «Vordertibia 

fast urn 4/ 5 liinger als der Metatarsus». 

This would give LR about 0.56. The proportions 

of the front leg were the other main character 

used by Kieffer to separate D. ursus from D. 

hyperborea. 

Serra-Tosio (1971) described D. ursus from two 

males collected in N. Sweden. He must have overlooked 

that Oliver's (J 962) treatment of D. hyperborea 

in part was based on the type material because 

he states that he regards D. ursus and D. hyperborea 

as distinct, but that the species described 

by Oliver actually is D. ursus and not D. hyperborea. 

Accordingly, he regards D. hyperborea sensu 

Oliver as a synonym of D. ursus. 

Paradoxically, when Oliver (1962) suggested D. 

ursus as a synonym of D. hyperborea he referred 

to Edwards (1922) who stated that D. urslls is 

smaller than D. hyperborea but otherwise the 

same. However, the species described as D. ursus 

and D. hyperborea by Edwards (1922) were misidentified 

females of D. bohemani and D. bertrami 

respectively. The males of these two species were 

described and named at later dates, 

Pagast (1947) regarded D. davisi as a possible 

synonym of D. hyperborea. Srether (1968) referred 

to Pagast (1947) and to Edwards (1922: fig. 

12) concerning D. hyperborea. Hansen and Cook 

(J 976) refer to Edwards (1922: fig. 11) (D. ursus 

sensu Edwards) stating that Srether (1968) questioned 

the determination by Edwards. Accordingly, 

D. ursus was regarded as a possible synonym 

of D. davisi by Hansen and Cook (1976). 

According to Serra-Tosio (1971) D. hyperborea 

(as D. ursus) is distinct from the alpine Diamesa 

cinerella Meigen primarily by antennal characters. 

D. cinerella has an AR about 0.6. The AR 

alone would place some of the stlecimens from 

Ekse (AR 0.33-0.47) between D. cinerella and 

D. ursus as described by Serra-Tosio. At least 

some of the additional characters listed by Serra 

Tosio as distinguishing the two species (anal lobe 

of the wing, setae on the volsella, enlarged part of 

the gonostylus) are subject to variation in the material 

available to us. Thus, D. hyperborea might 

show up to be a junior synonym of D. cinerella. 

Specimens of D. cinerella have, however, not 

been examined by us. 

Diamesa latitarsis (Goetghebuerl sensu Edwards 

8 Jul.-26 Aug. 1976 about 50 males and females, 

9 Jul 1979 3 reared mature pupae, 26 Jul. 

1976 4 reared mature pupae. 

Diamesa lindrothi Goetghebuer 

24 Jun- I Sept. 1976 about 40 males and females. 

Diamesa n. sp. 

24 Jun. - 30 Sept. 1976 53 males and 8 females. 

The species is a member of the Diamesa davisi 

group and will be described elsewhere. 

Diamesa thienemanni Kieffer 

24 Jun.-7 Det. 1976 21 males, 26 Jul. 1979 I 

male reared, 24 Jun. 1980 3 reared mature pupae. 

D. thienemanni is possibly a junior synonym of 

Diamesa tonsa (Haliday). Pagast (1947) stated that 

D. tonsa is separable from D. thienemanni by lower 

antennal ratio only. This character is used in 

the keys to the British species in Pinder (1978), 

where the hypopygia figured for D. tonsa and D. 

thienemanni appear very different. Putative types 

of D. tonsa have been examined, and the relationships 

between the two species will be discussed 

elsewhere. 

Pseudodiamesa branickii (Nowicki) 

10 Aug, 1976 I male, I Sept. 1976 I male, 

118

Prodiamesinae 

Prodiamesa olivaeea (Meigen) 

24 Jun. 1976 I male. 

Orthocladiinae 

Chaetocladius dissipatus (Edwards) 

2 Jun. - 26 Aug. 1976 29 males. 

This species is previously not recorded from region 

20. It is among other found in Finland, Germany 

and England. The genus is, however, poorly 

known and in need of revision. 

Corynoneura eeltiea Edwards 

3 Aug. 1976 I male. 

Corynoneura laeustris Edwards 

8- 27 Jul. 1976 2 males. 

Corynoneura lobata Edwards 

3 Aug. 1976 2 males. 

The inferior volsella of the examined specimens is 

very typical, the sternapodeme is broader than figured 

in Schlee (1968: 118, fig. 24). This is, however, 

a variable character in several Corynoneura 

spp. 

The species is previously not recorded from region 

20. 

Corynoneura seutellata Winnertz 

20 Jul. 1976 I male. 

Crieotopus (Crieotopus) annulator Goetghebuer 

20 Jul. 1976 I male. 

Crieotopus (Cricotopus) gelidus Kieffer 

24 Jun. 19762 males. 

The species is previously known from Novaya 

Zemlya only. 

Crieotopus (Crieotopus) pulehripes Verrall 

20 Jul. - 26 Aug. 1976 5 males. 

Crieotopus (Crieotopus) septentrionalis Hirvenoja 

10 Aug. 1976 I male 

Previously not recorded from region 20, known 

from Finland only. 

Eukiefferiella boefrensis Brundin 

20 - 27 Jul. 1976 7 males and 2 females. 

EUkiefferiella breviealear (Kiefferl 

24 Jun. 1'976 I male, 26 Apr. -9 Jul. 1979 2 reared 

females and 5 reared mature pupae. 

Eukiefferiella claripennis (Lundbeck) 

20 Jul. - 10 Aug. 1976 4 males and 15 females, 

21 Jun.-26 Sept. 1979 about 20 reared males, 

females and mature pupae. 

Eukiefferiella dittmari Lehmann 

20 Jul.-3 Aug. 2 males and 20 females, 9-26 

Jul. 1979 I male, 2 females and 3 mature pupae, 

all reared. 

The reared specimens, identified by the pupa, 

keys out to E. dittmari in Lehnmann (1972). 

The males are, however, identical with Eukiefferiella 

devoniea (Edwards) sensu Lehmann. The mature pupa. 

taxonomy inside the E. devoniea group is not 

clear, and a revision is under preparation. E. dittmari 

is previously known from Germany and Ireland 

only, while E. devoniea is oreviously recorded 


Eukiefferiella minor (Edwards) 

3-I0 Aug. 1976 3 males, 21 Jun. - 6 Sept. 1979 

I reared male and 6 reared mature pupae. 

Heterotrissocladius marcidus (Walker) 

10-16 Aug. 1976 13 males, 2b Apr.-15 May 

1979 I reared male and I mature pupa. 

Limnophyes cf. borealis Goetghebuer 

24 Jun. - 24 Aug. 1976 6 males. 

These speciemens have lower AR values than 

what Oliver (I962) described for L. borealis, 

0.67-0.75 compared to 0.87-1.05. The Ekse 

population have also fewer dorsocentrals medially 

and posteriorly, shorter wing length (about 

1.25 mm against 1.5-1.8 mm) and about 10 setae 

on epimeron 11 (about 6 in Oliver's description), 

otherwise as in L. borealis sensu Oliver. 

L. borealis is previously recorded from Spitsbergen, 

Bear Island and Germany, with a questionable 

recording from region 20. 

Limnophyes jemtlandieus Brundin 

2 Jun. -10 Aug. 1976 2 males. 


20. 

Limnophyes cf. nudiradius Srether 

24 Jun. - 3 Aug. 1976 2 males. 

L. nudiradius is previously known from South 

Dakota, USA and the Lake Winnipeg area, Canada 

(Srether, 1975) 

Limnophyes smolandieus Brundin 

24 Jun.-IO Aug. 19762 males. 


20. 

Metrioenemus fuscieeps (Meigen) 

24 Jun. 1976 I male. 

Metrioenemus hygropetrieus Kieffer 

8 Jul.-16 Aug. 19764 males. 

Orthocladius (Eudaetylocladius) mixtus (Holmgren) 

3-16 Aug. 1976 10 males. 

Orthocladius (Eudaetylocladius) obtexens Brundin 

3- 26 Aug. 1976 4 males. 

Orthocladius (Euorthocladius) frigidus (Zetterstedt) 

11 Jun. -10 Aug. 1976 2 males. 

Orthocladius (Euorthocladius) rivieola (Kieffer) 

Summer 1976 4 males. 

Orthocladius (Euorthocladius) cf. thienemanni (Kieffer) 

3-I0 Aug. 1976 4 males. 

Orthocladius (Euorthocladius) n. sp 

Summer 1979 4 reared specimens. 

The subgenus Orthocladius (Euorthocladius) is 

under revision by Or. A.R. Soponis. Most of the 

material is sent to her. The possible new species 

has a hypopygium close to O. (E.) frigidus. The 

pupal exuvia, however, keys out to Orthocladius 

s. str. in Soponis (I977). 

Orthocladius (Orthocladius) dentifer Brundin cf. nee 

Soponis 15 Apr.-9Jul. 1979 I reared male and I 

The male keys out to O. (0) dentifer in Soponis 

(1977). The pupa does not key out to O. (0.) dentifer 

due to the presence of frontal setae, Soponis, 

however, states that the species might have frontal 

setae, as her pupal material was in a bad condi 

119

tion. The figures in Soponis 0977: 132, figs. 30 

and 31) of the hypopygia shows small differences 

in the anal points and the superior volsella between 

the lectotype and the Nearctic material. The 

anal point of the former is shorter and more triangular 

and the superior volsella is more protruding, 

appearing right-angled, than in the Nearctic 

specimens. Further examination of Nearctic material 

is necessary in order to confirm this species 

as Holarctic. 

O. (0) dentifer is previously not recorded from region 

20. 

Parakiefferiella (RheosmUtia) languida Brundin 

20-27 Jul. 1976 2 males, 26 Jul. 1979 I male 

and I female. These specimens are treated in 

Cranston & S~ther On MS). 

Parametriocnemus boreoalpinus Gowin 


Smittia aterrima (Meigen) 

24 Jun. -10 Aug. 1976 5 males. 

Smittia nlldipennis Goetghebuer 


This species is previously not recorded from region 

20. 

Thienemanniella cf. vUtata Edwards 

9 Jul. 1979 2 males reared. 

This species has 12 flagellomeres and a hypopygium 

that resembles T. vittata as figured in Pinder 

(978). T. vittata is previously questionably recorded 


Thienemanniella n. sp. near morosa Edwards 

8- 27 Jul. 1976 2 males, 9 Jul. 1979 I male reared. 

This species has 10 flagellomeres. The only 

species de ;cribed with definitely that number is 

Thienemanniel/a clavicomis Kieffer. The inferior 

volsella, however, resembles that of T. morosa. 

The genus is in need of a revision. Of the European 

species, only those described in Schlee 

(1968) are recognizable. 

Tvetenia calvescens (Edwards) 

2 Jul.-27 Jul. 1976 2 males and 7 females, 15 

May-9 Jul. 19794 males, 3 females and 9 mature 

pupae reared. 

Chironominae 

Tanytarsiui 

Micropsectra fusca (Meigen) 

24 Aug. 1980 2 males 


20. 

Micropsectra groenlandica Andersen 

26 Aug. 1976 I male. 

Parapsectra nana (Meigen) 

8 Jul. -10 Aug. 1976 2 males. 

Stempellinel/a brevis Brundin 

20 Jul. 1976 I male. 

Tanytarslls brundini Lindeberg 

20 Jul. 1976 I male. 

Chironomini 

Chironomus longistylus Goetghebuer 

9 Nov. 1978 I mature pupa reared, 15 May 1979 

I male reared from the weir basin. 

The male will key out to C. longistylus in Pinder 

(1978) and in Lindeberg & Wiederholm (1979). 

Three mature female pupae with corresponding 

larval exuviae may also belong to this species. 

Previously not recorded from region 20. 

Chironomus sp. thummi group 

15 Jul. 1976 I male. 

The species keys out to the thummi group in Lindeberg 

& Wiederholm (1979). The hypopygium 

agrees well with Chironomus riparius Meigen as 

figured by Pinder (1978) and Townes (1945). 

Chironomus sp. 

30 Jun. -15 Jul. 1976 2 males. 

The hypopygium resembles that of Chironomus 

annularius Meigen sensu Edwards. The specimens 

are, however, lacking the frontal tarsomeres, 

which makes them difficult to identify. 

Endochironomus lepidus (Meigen) 

15 Jul. 1976 I male. 

Polypedilum albicome (Meigen) 

3 Aug. 1976 2 males. ~ 

Polypedilum cultellatum Goetghebuer 


The specimen has only 3 setae on the posterior 

lobe of the superior volsella. Pinder (1978) mentions 

4-5. 

Stictochironomus pictulus (Meigen) 

20 Jul. 1976 2 males. 


We are indebted to T. Andersen and R. Larsen 

who made the light trap material available to us. 

L. Sawedal contributed with good advise in the 

initial phase of this study. M. Diaz made some of 

the preparations. U. Srether made the drawings. 

P.!. Persson, Stockholm, arranged with the loan 

of the types of Diamesa hyperborea. Their help is 

highly appreciated. Part of the work was fmancially 

supported by the Norwegian Research Council, 

NAVF, through a dr. scient. stipend to E. 

Willassen. 

REFERENCES 

Brundin, L. 1947. Zur Kenntnis der schwedischen 

Chironomiden. Ark. Zool. 39, 1-95. 

- 1949. Chironomiden und andere Bodentiere der 

sudschwedischen Urgebirgseen. Ein Beitrag zur 

Kenntnis der boden-faunistischen Charaeterzuge 

schwedischer oligotropher Seen. Rep. Inst. Freshwat. 

Res. Drottningholm 30, 914 pp. 

- 1956. Zur Systematik der Orthocladiinae (Dipt., 

Chironomidae). Rep. Inst. Freshwat. Res. Drottningholm 

37, 5-185. 

120

Edwards, F.W. 1922. Results of the Oxford University 

Expedition to Spitsbergen, 1921. - No. 14. 

Diptera Nematocera. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. Ser. 9, 

10, 193-215. 

- 1935. Diptera Nematocera from East Greenland. 

Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. Ser. 10, 15,467-473. 

Fittkau, EJ. 1962. Die Tanypodinae (Diptera, Chironomidae). 

Die Tribus Anatopyiini, Macropelopiini 

und Pentaneurini. Abh. Larvalsyst. Insekten 6, 

453 pp. 

Fredriksen, K.S. 1980. Vegetasjonsundersekelse i 

evre del av Eksingedalsvassdraget. (A survey of 

vegetation in the upper catchment area of the river 

Eksingedalselven, Western Norway.) (In Norwegian 

with a summary in English) Terskelprofljektet 

Inform. 11. NVE- Vassdragsdirektoratet, 

Oslo, 28 pp. 

Goetghebuer, M. 1932. Dipteres (Nematoceres). Chironomidae 

IV. Orthocladiinae, Corynoneurinae, 

Clunioninae, Diamesinae. Fauna Fr. 23, 204 pp. 

- 1939. Tendipedidae (Chironomidae). c) Subfamilie 

Diamesinae. A. Die Imagines. - In: Lindner, E. 

(ed.): Die Fliegen der palaearktischen Region 3 

(l3d), 1-28. 

Hansen, D.e. and Cook, E.F. 1976. The systematics 

and morphology of the Nearctic species of Diamesa 

Meigen, 1835 (Diptera: Chironomidae). 

Mem. Am. ent. Soc. 30, 203 pp. 

Holmgren, A.E. 1869. Bidrag tiI Kiinnedomen om 

Beeren Eislands och Spetsbergens Insekt-Fauna. 

K. svenska VerenskAkad. Handl. 8, 1-55. 

Illies, J. 1978. Limnofauna Europaea. Gustav Ficher 

Verlag, Stuttgart. 2nd. edition, XVII + 532 pp. 

Kieffer, U. 1918. Beschreibung neuer, auf Lazarettschiffen 

des ostlichen Kriegsschauplatzes und bei 

Ignalino in Litauen von Dr. W. Horn gesammelter 

Chironorniden, mit ubersichtstabelIen einiger 

Gruppen von paliiarktischen Arten (DiptJ Ent. 

Mitt. 7,35-53,94-110,163-170,177-188. 

- 1919. Chironomiden der nordlichen Polarregion. 

- In: Kieffef and Thienemann: Chironomiden 

gesammelt von Dr. A. Kock (Munster i. W.) auf 

der Lofoten, der Biireninsel und Spitzbergen 

(Dipt.). Enc. Mitt. 8,38-48,110-124. 

Lindeberg, B. & Wiederholm, T. 1979. Notes on the 

taxonomy of European species of Chironomus 

(Diptera: Chironomidae). In: Srether, O.A. (ed.l: 

Recent development in chironomid studies (Diptera: 

Chironornidae). Enc. scand. Suppl. 10, 

99-116. 

Oliver, D.R. 1962. A review of the subfamily Orthocladiinae 

(Chironomidae, Diptera) of Bear Island. 

Asrarte 20, I - 19. 

Pagast, F. 1947. Systematik und Verbreitung der urn 

die Gattung Diamesa gruppierten Chironomiden. 

Arch. Hydrobiol. 41,435-596. 

Pinder, L.e.V. 1978. A key to the adult males of British 

Chironomidae. Vol. I, The key; Vol. 2, Illustrations 

of the hypopygia. Freshwat. Bioi. Assoc., 

Scient. Publ. 37, 169 pp + 189 figs. 

Roback, S.S. 1971. The subfamily Tanypodinae in 

North America. (The adults of the subfamily Tanypodinae 

( =Pelopiinae) in North America (Diptera: 

Chironomidae» Monogr. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 

17. 410 pp. 

Srether, O.A. 1968. Chironomids of the Finse area, 

Norway, with special reference to their distribution 

in a glacier brook. Arch. Hydrobiol. 64, 

426-483. 

- 1969. Some Nearctic Podonominae, Diamesinae, 

and Orthocladiinae (Diptera: Chironomidae). 

Bull. Fish. Res. Bd Can. 170, 154 pp. 

- 1975. Twelve new species of Limnophyes Eaton, 

with keys to Nearctic males of the genus (Diptera: 

Chironomidae). Can. Enc. 107: 1029-1056. 

- 1980. Glossary of chironomid morphology terminology 

(Diptera: Chironomidae). Ent. scand. 

Suppl. 14, 51 pp. 

Schlee, D. 1968. Vergleichende Merkmalsanalyse zur 

Morphologie und Phylogenie der Corynoneura-Gruppe 

(Diptera, Chironomidae). Zugleich 

eine allgemeine Morphologie der Chironomiden 

Imago ( d). Stuttg. Beilr. Narurk. 180, 150 pp. 

Serra-Tosio, B. 1971. Contribution it l'etude taxonomique, 

phylogenetique, biogeographique et ecologique 

des Diamesini (Diptera, Chironomidae) 

d'Europe. These Univ. scient. Med. Grenoble T. I. 

1-303, T.ll, 304-462. 

- 1973. Ecologie et biogeographie des Diamesini 

d'Europe (Diptera, Chironomidae). Trav. Lab. 

d'Hydrobiol. Piscic. Univ. Grenoble 63, 5-175. 

Soponis, A.R. 1977. A revision of the Nearctic species 

of Orrhocladius (Orrhocladius) van der Wulp 

(Diptera: Chironomidae). Mem. ent. Soc. Can. 

102,187pp. 

Sublette, lE. & Sublette, M.S. 1965. Family Chironomidae 

(Tendipedidae). A catalog of the Diptera 

ofAmerica north ofMexico. U.S. Dept. Agric., Agric. 

Handb. 276,142-181. 

Townes, H.K. 1945. The Nearctic species of Tendipedini 

(Diptera, Tendipedidae (= Chironornidae». 

Am. Midi. Nat. 34, 206 pp. 

Received 2 Apr. 1982. 

121

On the Norwegian Harvestmen (Opiliones). Contribution 

to ecology, morphological variation and distribution 

INGVAR STOL 

Stol, I. 1982. On the Norwegian Harvestmen (Opiliones). Contribution to ecology, morphological 

variation and distribution. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 29, 122-134. 

During the period Sept. 1976-Sept. 1977 Opiliones were collected at 32 localities in 

Southern Norway. In addition museum material in Bergen and Oslo were checked. Two 

species found are new to Norway - Oligolophus hanseni (Kraepelin, 1896) and Nelima gothica 

Lohmander, 1945. Leiobunum rupestre (Herbst, 1799) is with certainty found in Norway, 

and Opilio parietinus (De Geer, 1778) is recommended to be excluded from the Norwegian 

fauna-list. 14 Opiliones species are known from Norway. Distributional maps, notes on 

ecology and morphological variation and comments to author names and dates of taxa are 

included 

Ingvar Stol, N-4274 Stol, Norway. 

INTRODUCTION 

The knowledge of Norwegian Opiliones is 

small. This is true both for distribution, ecology 

and morphological variation. With assistance 

from The University of Bergen I visited 3210calities 

in Southern Norway in the period Sept. 

1976 - Sept. 1977, with the intention of throwing 

light primarily on the distribution. 

The material at the museum of Bergen and 

Oslo also have been investigated. 

At about 1900, 9- 10 species were known 

from Norway. Professor Kauri has found 3 further 

(I 966-1977), and after the present work 14 

species of Opiliones are known from Norway. 

Some notes on ecology, morphological variation 

and author names and dates of taxa are also 

given. 


The fieldwork at 32 localities in Southern Norway 

was carried out in the period Sept. 

1976-Sept. 1977. 

Most of the 23 localities on Vestlandet (SW 

Norway) were continually investigated throughout 

almost one year. One locality on S0r1andet 

(S Norway) and 8 localities on 0stlandet (E Norway) 

were visited twice. 

Altogether 77 30 specimens were collected 

and identified. In addition most of the material 

at the zoological museums of Bergen and Oslo 

were controlled, identified or revised. 

The localities were classified into 6 biotope 

types based on the vegetation: (A) coniferous 

122 

~ 

wood, (B) deciduous wood, (C) grazing land, (D) 

garden/park, (E) heather and (F) beach. 

Some types are underrepresentated or overrepresentated. 

Two sampling methods have 

been employed: (0 pitfali traps and (IO handpicking. 

The Opiliones collections from these 3210cali· 

ties are preserved at Museum of Zoology, University 

of Bergen. 

Detailed locality descriptions are given in Appendix 

1. Geographical positions of localities are 

shown in Fig. 1. 

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES 

Kauri (I977) mentions the 13th species from 

Norway. This fieldwork with its literature studies, 

resulted in further 2 additonal species of 

Opiliones, Oligolophus hanseni and Nelima gothica. 

In addition one species Opilio parietinus should 

be removed from the Norwegian fauna-list. 

In the species-list also localities from unpublished 

material at the zoological museums of 

Bergen (= 2MB) and Oslo ( = ZMO) are given. 

Not all museum material had got a number, 

and almost all museum material was previously 

unpublished. 

Long journal-lists with reports of one species 

at the same locality are here shortened (i.e. 

A568-14N-A2376-ZMB, means that fourteen 

numbered journal reports are dropped in this 

context. First and last number only are mentioned). 

Fauna norv. Se,. B 29,122-134. Oslo 1982.

In the species-list previously publications, revisions 

and the occurrence in Iceland (le), The 

Faroes (Fa), Denmark (Da), Sweden (Sw), Finland 

(Fi) or Norway (No) if any also are given. 

Distributions may be found in Ellingsen 

(I894), Strand (I900), Tullgren (I906), Henriksen 

(I 938), Heinajoki (I 944), Lohmander (I 945), 

Meinertz (I 962), Kauri (I 966, 1977, 1980) or 

Martens (1978). 

Province initials and subdivisions follow 

Strand (1943). 

Family Nemastomatidae Simon. 1872 

Nemastoma bimaculatum (Fabricius, 1775). 

(= Phalangium bimaculalum Fabricius, 1775). 

Found at localities 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10,11,12,13, 

14,15, 16, I7, I8, 19,21 ,32. 

Museum material: HOy: Bergen 40499, A3, 

A2114-43N-A2581, A3646, A3540, A3555 

2MB. Os A3554-ZMB. Stord CI476-40N-CI559 

2MB. Tysnes A3138, A4456-ZMB. B0Inlo 

C273-5-ZMB. HOi: Kvinnherad A457, A188, 

A3621, C2053-ZMB. Strandebarm C276-ZMB. 

Kvam A3307-ZMB. londal A3308-ZMB. Kinsarvik 

A182, A467-ZMB. Varalds0y-ZMB. Ry: Nedstrand-ZMB. 

Stavanger-ZMB. Sandnes-ZMB. 

Nreroo-ZMB. Ri: Sauda-ZMB. SFi: Aurland 

A3791, A3817, A3824-ZMB. STi: Byneset-ZMB. 

Nnv: Moskenes C287-ZMB. 

Wunderlich (1973) reports the species from 

SFi: Skjolden. Occur in le, Fa, No. 

• Nemastoma lugubre (Muller, 1776). (= Phalangium 

lugubre Muller, 1776). 

Found at localities 24,25,26,28,30,32. 

Museum material: YE: N0ttemy-ZMB. Ramnes-ZMB. 

0:Torsnes-ZMB. Os: S0r-Aurdal-ZMB. 

MRi: Rindal-ZMB. STi: St0ren-ZMB. Orkdal 

2MB. Bynefiet-ZMB. Selbu-ZMB. NTi: Snasa 

2MB. 

Ellingsen (1894) reports it from TEy: Kragem 

and 0: Fredrikstad. Strand (1900) from YE: 

Sande, Botne. Kauri (1977) mentions HEs: Eidskog. 

Revision: The material from SFi: Aurland, determined 

as N. lugubre, Kauri (I 966), was revised 

to N. bimaculatum. 

Occur in Da, Sw, Fi, No. 

Family Phalangiidae Latreille. 1802 

Subfamily Phalangiinae Latreille, 1802. 

Phalangium opilio L., 1761. (= P. brevicorne (C.L. 

Koch, 1839). =P.ophilio Storm, 1898. =P. cornutum 

L., 1767). 

Found at localities 2,5,6,8,18,20,24,27,28,29. 

Museum material: HOy: Bergen 39722, 39723, 

A1661, A1671, AI 864-ZMB. Herdla 39843, 

39847-ZMB: Os 401 46-ZMB. Haus A3124b, 

A3125, A3224-ZMB. Lindas A3339-ZMB. Stord 

C1539, CI484-ZMB. HOi: Kvinnherad A2334 

2MB. Granvin A259-ZMB. Odda A3083-ZMB. 

TEi: Seljord A655, A656-ZMB. 0: Hvaler A550, 

A575-ZMB. Rygge Op-46-47-48-50-51-ZMO. 

AK: As A3164-ZMB. Oslo AI663-ZMB, 

Op-27-31-ZMO. Brerum Op-19-ZMO. SFy: Kinn 

A613-ZMB. SFi: Aurland 39805,39815,40213 

2MB. Leikanger 39801-ZMB. 

Ellingsen (1894) reports it from TEy: Kragem, 

0: Fredrikstad. Storm (1898) from STi: Trondheim. 

Kauri (1977) from HEs: Eidskog. 


Opilio parietinus (De Geer, 1778). (= Phalangium parietinum 

De Geer, 1778). 

Not found at any locality. 

Strand (1900) mentions only one individual 

from AK: Oslo. Revision: All the material at 

2MB, determined as O. parietinus is revised to 

Mitopus moria (Fabricius, 1779) -juveniles. This 

is: HOy: Bergen 40664-ZMB. HOi: londal A3340, 

A3341-ZMB. SFi: Leikanger 39800-ZMB. Aurland 

39806, 39821-ZMB. 

This species should be taken out of the Norwegian 

fauna-list. 

Occur in Da, Sw, Fi. 

Megabunus diadema (Fabricius, 1779). 

(= Phalangium diadema Fabricius, 1779). 

Found at localities 1,10,12,14,22,23. 

Museum material:HOy: Bergen 40498, A2, 

A2441, A2160, A2170-ZMB. Os A3558, A4443 

2MB. Haus A3223-ZMB. Meland A4757-ZMB. 

Tysnes A4447-ZMB. Stord Cl 468-2N-CI 509 

2MB. HOi: Kvinnherad A7-IIN-A3024, A326, 

A331-ZMB. Granvin A283-ZMB. londal 

A3304-5-ZMB. Kvam A3306-ZMB. Ry: Stavanger-ZMB. 

Sandnes-ZMB. SFy: Kinn A618 

2MB. SFi: Aurland 39803, 39826-ZMB. 

Stmm (1765) drew the species from MRy, but 

Fabricius (1779) gave it name - also based on a 

specimen from MRy: Sunnm0re. 0k.1and (1939) 

reports it from Ry: Karm0Y. Hauge (1972) mentions 

MRy. 

Occur in le, Fa, No. 

Ri/aena triangularis (Herbst, 1799). (= Platybunus 

corniger (Herman, 1804). =P. triangularis 

(Herbst, 1799». 

Found at localities 18,19,21,28,32. 

Museum material: HOy: Os 40693-ZMB. AK: 

Brerum Op-7-12-21-ZMO. NTi: Snasa-ZMB. 

Steinkjer-ZMB. 

Ellingsen (1894) reports it from TEy: Kragem, 

Os: Svartsum. Storm (1898) from STi: Trondheim. 

Strand (1900) from AK: Oslo, IW: Ringerike, 

YE: Sande. 0: Fredrikstad, Nsi: Hattfjelldal, 

Vefsn. Hauge (1972) from MRy. Solem & Hauge 

(J 97 3)from STi. KauriO 977)from HEs: Eidskog. 

Occur in le, Fa, Da, Sw, Fi, No. 

Lophopilio palpinalis (Herbst, 1799). (= Odiellus palpinalis 

(Herbst, 1799». 

Found at localities 1,3,4,7,10,11,12,13,14,15, 

16,17,18,19,21,22,23,25,26,27,28,31. 

Museum material: HOi: Kvinnherad-ZMB. Ry: 

123

Tysvrer-ZMB. Nedstrand-ZMB. YE: Tj0me 

2MB. 0: Torsnes-ZMB. MRi: Rindal-ZMB. 

Kauri (I 977) reports it from HEs: Eidskog. 

Occur in Da, Sw, No. 

Subfamily Oligolophinae Banks, 1893. 

Oligolophus tridens (CL. Koch, 1836). 


13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21, 

24,25,26,28,30,31,32. 

Museum material: HOy: Bergen A125, A1766, 

A2136-3N-A2156-ZMB. Lindas-ZMB. Stord 

CI482-4N-CI538-ZMB. HOi: Kvinnherad A450, 

AIOO, A126, C2052-ZMB. Ry: Tysvrer-ZMB. 

Nedstrand-ZMB. Ri: Sauda-ZMB. YE: Botne 

A3573-ZMB. Tj0me-ZMB. 0: Torsnes-ZMB. 

Rygge Op-46-47-48-49-52-ZMO. SFi: Aurland 

A3844, A3869-ZMB. Sogndal C7281-ZMB. MRi: 

Rindal-ZMB. STi: St0ren-ZMB. Orkdal-ZMB. Byneset-ZMB. 

Selbu-ZMB. NTi: Steinkjer-ZMB. 

Snasa-ZMB. 

Ellingsen (I 894) reports it from 0: Fredrikstad. 

Storm (1898) from STi: Trondheim, NTi: Mostad. 

Strand (I 900) from Nsi: Hattfjelldal, Nsy: Sandnessj0en, 

D0nna. Kauri (I977) from HEs: Eidskog. 

Occur in le, Da, Sw, Fi, No. 

Oligolophus hanseni (Kraepelin, 1896). 

Found at localities 2,20,21. 

Previously not known from Norway. 


Paroligolophus agrestis (Meade, 1855). 

(= Oligolophus agrestis (Meade, 1855)). 

Found at localities 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8, I0, 11,12,13, 

14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,24,28. 

Museum material: HOy: Bergen 40497, 

A2137-5N-A2162-ZMB. Herdla 39834, 40783 

2MB. Lindas-ZMB. Stord CI504-IN-CI518 

2MB. HOi: Kvinnherad A244-ZMB. Kinsarvik 

A I72-ZMB. Ry: Tysvax-ZMB. YE: Borre 

A3572-ZMB. Tj0me-ZMB. 

Ellingsen (I 894) reports it from TEy: Krager0, 

0: Fredrikstad. 


Lacinius ephippiatus (C.L. Koch, 1835). 


15,16,17,18,19,21,22,24,25,26,28,30,32. 

Museum material: HOy: Bergen A2130-33N 

A2606, A3546, AI753-ZMB. Os A585-ZMB. 

Haus A3089-ZMB. Stord CI506-ZMB. HOi: 

Kvinnherad Al 98-3N-A279-ZMB. Strandebarm 

C269-ZMB. Voss-ZMB. Ry: Tysvrer-ZMB. Sandnes-ZMB. 

Nreroo-ZMB. Ri: Sauda-ZMB. TEi: 

Seljord A659-ZMB. YE: Tj0me-ZMB. 0: Rygge 

Op-47-49-ZMO. SFi: Aurland 39816, A3842 

2MB. MRi: Rindal-ZMB. STi: Byneset-ZMB. 

Selbu-ZMB. NTi: Snasa-ZMB. Steinkjer-ZMB. 

Nsi: Nordrana AI692-ZMB. Beiam-ZMB. Nnv: 

Moskenes C286-ZMB. 

Kauri (I966, 1977) reports it from SFi: Aurland, 

HEs: Eidskog. 


Mitopus moria (Fabricius, 1779). (= Phalangium morio 

Fabricius, 1779. = Oligolophus alpinus Herbst, 

1799. = Oligolophus morio (Fabricius, 1779). 

= Oligolophus kulczynskii Strand,1900. = Oligolophus 

vagans Strand, 1900). 

Found at all localities (I - 32). 

Museums material: HOy: Bergen 40496, 

39672, 39724, 40758, A104, A668, A3161, 

A2602, A1759, A1670, A3136-ZMB. Herdla 

39842-ZMB. Os 40692, 40145-ZMB. Haus 

A3070-5N-A3111-ZMB. Linctas A3087-ZMB. 

Meland A3566-ZMB. Op-5-ZMO. Stord C1469 

29N-CI549-ZMB. HOi: Kvinnherad A90-ION 

A462, A328, A330-ZMB. Granvin A261-ZMB. 

Eidfjord A158, A637, C6155, C6156-ZMB. Kinsarvik 

A638-34N-C2869-ZMB. Ulvik A2482 

4N-C7277-ZMB. Voss A2491-ZMB. Ullensvang 

CI916-25N-C6144, C2258-29N-C6151, C2635 

13N-C6153, C6157, C6158-ZMB. Ry: Kvits0Y 

39694-ZMB. Stavanger-ZMB. Sandnes-ZMB. 

Nrerb0-ZMB. Ri: Suldal AI3-ZMB. VAi: Sirdal 

39748-ZMB. VAy: Lista-ZMB. TEi: Seljord 

A654-ZMB. YE: Borre A3397-ZMB. Bv. 

40489-ZMB. Hol 40683, A2480, A3888-4N 

A3894, A3891-ZMB. 0: Hvaler A551-2-ZMB.' 

Kraker0y-ZMB. Rygge Op-49-Z~O. AK: nrerum 

Op-IO-II-16-18-20-21-22-23-24-ZMO. Os: Nord 

Aurdal Op-36-ZMO. On: Oystre Slidre Op-8-9 

14-28-32-33-37-38-39-ZMO. Vaga 0. Op-35 

ZMO. Lom A4783-ZMB. HEs: Elverum Op-29 

30-ZMO. HEn: Rendal Op-6-25-ZMO. SFi: Aurland 

39804, 39817, 40214, A3875, A2481,. 

A3635, A3784, A3792-4, A3860, A3803, 

A3826-ZMB. Vik 40752, A2442-3, 40753, A45, 

A46, A3604-ZMB. Sogndal AI08-ZMB. MRy: 

Asskard-ZMB. MRi: Rindal-ZMB. STi: Orkdal 

2MB. Byneset-ZMB. Selbu-ZMB. NTi: Ogndal 

Al 677-ZMB. Snasa-ZMB. Steinkjer-ZMB. Frosta 

Op-13-ZMO. Nsi: Beiarn C292-ZMB. Nordrana 

A1675, A1708, A1717, AI720, AI808-ZMB. 

Mo i Rana-ZMB. Nnv: R0St AI688-ZMB. Moskenes 

C288-2N-C296, C293-ZMB. Hol C289, 

C294-5-ZMB. Andenes-ZMB. Nn0: Tysfjord 

AI672, AI678-ZMB. Ankenes C3479-23N 

C4989, C4990-ZMB. TRy: Troms0ysund A1718 

2MB. TRi: Malselv A1681, AI719-ZMB. Bardu 

A1683, AI689-ZMB. Lyngen CI832-6N-CI893 

2MB. Fi: Kautokeino Op-44-45-ZMO. 

Fabricius (I 779) describes it from Norway. The 

species is also found on Svalbard (Spitsbergen) as 

noted by Henriksen (I938). 


Subfamily Leiobuninae Banks, 1893. 

Leiobunum rotundum (Latreille, 1798). 

Found at localities 5,8,10,14,17,22,23,24,28. 

Museum material: HOy: Bergen AI754-ZMB. 

Os A618-ZMB. HOi: Kvinnherad A220, A273, 

A395, A224-ZMB. Jondal A3333-ZMB. Granvin 

A258-ZMB. Kinsarvik AI71-ZMB. Ry: Stavanger-ZMB: 

Sandnes-ZMB. 0: Kraker0y-ZMB. 

SFi: Aurland 40212, A3779, 39807, 39813-ZMB. 

Leikanger 40765-ZMB. 

124

Kauri (966) mentions it from SFi: Aurland. 


Leiobunum rupestre (Herbst, 1799). (= Liobunum 

norvegicum Strand, 1900). 

Found at localities 1,2,4,20,28. 

Museum material: HOy: Bergen C270-ZMB. 

YE: Botne A3575-ZMB. 

Previously not known with certainty from 

Norway. L. norvegicum may be a junior synonym 

for L. rupestre Martens (J 969). 


Nelima gothica Lohmander, 1945. 

Found at localities 4,5,6,8, I 0, 11,18,21,24. 

Museum material: HOi: Ullensvang A516 

2MB. Previously not known from Norway. 


DISCUSSION 

DISTRIBUTION 

In Norway 14 species of Opiliones are known 

when O. parietinus is excluded from the list. O. ECOLOGY 

hanseni and N. gothica are recorded for the fIrst 

time. In addition L. rupestre is found with certainty 

in Norway. Strand (I 900) described L. norvegicum 

from Oslo. This species seems to be a 

junior synonym for L. rupestre, as noted by 

Martens (I 969). 

Western distributed species seem to be N. biformmaculatum 

and M. diadema, while N. lugubre 

appears to be eastern distributed. O. hanseni, P. 

agrestis, N. gothica, L. rupestre, L. rotundum apparently 

are coastal distributed species. dum. 

Widely distributed species seem to be P. opilio. 

R. triangularis, L. palpinalis, O. tridens, L. 

ephippiatus, M. morio. 

The following species appear the ones most 

abundant in N9rway. O. tridens, L. palpinalis, 

N. bimaculatum, P. agrestis, M. morio, L. ephippiatus, 

N. lugubre (a species taken in many localities 

and great number). 

Six species are reported north of Trondheim: 

N. bimaculatum, N. lugubre, R. triangularis, O. 

tridens. L. ephippiatus, M. morio. 

Only M. moria is reported from Troms and 

Finnmark. Maps are found in Appendix lI. 

The previously existing distribution maps 

(Gruber & Martens, 1968, Starega, 1976, Martens, 

1978), showing the distribution of N. bimaclllatum 

and N. lugubre in Norway, should be 

considered as incorrect. 

Martens (J 978) writes about O. parietinus: 

«.... fUr Norwegen und Schweden nicht gennant». 

The species, however, is published from 

Sweden by Tullgren (I906) and (rom Norway 

by Strand (I 900). From Norway, however, it is 

perhaps incorrectly reported. 

Martens (I 978) does not mention R. triangularis 

from Iceland and The Faroes although it is 

reported by Henriksen (I 938). 

Martens (I978) writes about L. palpinalis: 

«Keine Nennungen fUr Finnland und Norwegem>. 

L. palpinalis, however, is known from 

Norway in great number and is published by 

Kauri (I 977). 

Martens (I 978) does mention L. ephippiatus 

from Iceland and The Faroes although it is reported 

by Henriksen (I938) and later by Kauri 

(I 980). 

The occurrence of Nelima silvatica (Simon, 

1879) in Denmark and England as written by 

(Brown & Sankey, 1949, Meinertz, 1962, 1964, 

Sankey & Savory, 1974) is incorrect. It seems to 

be Nelima gothica as noted by Martens (I969, 

1978). 

Adults of N. bimaculatum were found throughout 

the year. Table 1. Meinertz (I 964) reports 

the same to be true for N. lugubre. Adults of other 

species seem to be present 2- 5 months a 

year. None adult R. triangularis was taken. Meinertz 

(I 964) reports it, however, to be a summer 

One species is a spring form: M. diadema. 

Five species are summer forms: N. lugubre, P. 

opilio, R. triangularis, L. ephippiatus, L. rotun 

Eight species are autumn forms: N. bimaculatum, 

O. tridens, M. morio, L. rupestre, N. gothica 

(early in autumn) and L. palpinalis, O. hanseni, 

P. agrestis (late in autumn). 

Nearly the same occurrence is reported from 

Denmark by Meinertz (I 964). 

Most of the species prefer deciduous wood. 

Deviations here seem to be M. diadema, preferring 

coniferous wood (based on few specimens). 

L. palpinalis seems to prefer heather. O. hanseni 

is mostly taken in garden/parks. P. opilio and P. 

agrestis seem to prefer both garden/parks as 

well as grazing land. 

MORPHOLOGICAL VARIAnON 

Nongenetic age variation and genetic sex variation 

(secondary differences) were frequently discovered, 

Table 2. 

Age variation may affect important identillcation 

and classifIcation attributes and characters, 

phenotypically manifested in absence of structures 

in juveniles. There are also absence of pigments 

and pigment patterns in juveniles. 

125

Regarding secondary sex variation the greater 

body size of females are not here offered attention. 

The males, however, may have extra structures, 

heavier spines, darker pigments or different 

pigments. 

Genetic (non-sex associated) continuous variation 

is representated by gradually disappearance 

of structures or pigment spots in adult specimens 

of the same species, (for instance gradually 

disappearance of two dorsally light spots in 

N. bimaculatumJ. Allometric variation (nongenetic) 

is found in R. triangularis. 

Here the juveniles have a very great tuberculum 

oculorum related to the body size. This 

relation changes with growth. 

Habitat variation is perhaps found in L. palpiREFERENCEnalis. 

All individuals in some populations are sometimes 

covered with numerous, dark pigment 

dots on the body. 

One rare chromosome mutation was discovered 

in a specimen of O. tridens. The whole tuberculum 

oculorum was gone. The same was an 

ocellus. Since so great parts of the phenotype are 

changed, and since in theory a simple attribute 

may be governed by several genes (polygenic), 

and one gene may be pleiotrophic (Mayr, 1975), 

it is possible that parts of a chromosome were 

destroyed. Physiological attributes may also 

have been changed. One could suggest that this 

genotype will be selected against by the environment. 

DATES AND AUTHOR NAMES OF TAXA 

Comments to the author names and dates of 

some taxa: Phalangiidae and Phalangiinae are 

sometimes referred to as Simon, 1879 (Roewer, 

1923. Sankey & Savory, 1974, Martens, 1978). I 

have, however, adopted Latreille, 1802 as done 

by Starega (976). Sankey & Savory (1974) refer 

Opiliones to Sundevall, 1832. I have, however, 

adopted Sundevall, 1833 as done by Roewer 

(1923) and Starega (976). 

Nemastomatidae is sometimes referred to as 

Simon, 1879 (Sankey & Savory, 1974, Martens, 

1978). I have, however, adopted Simon, 1872 as 

done by Roewer (923) and Starega (1976). 

Sankey & Savory (974) refer Leiobuninae to 

Banks, 1895. I have, however, adopted Banks, 

1893 as done by Roewer (923), Starega (976) 

and Martens (978). 

Martens (978) writes IIMitopus moria (Fabricius, 

1799»>. This should be regarded as a misprint. 

I have adopted «1779» as the correct date, 

as done by Fabricius (1779), Sankey & Savory 

(974) and Starega (976). 

126 


I am very gratefUl to Bjarne A. Meidell, Ole A. 

Srether, Sisel Dommersnes, Hans Kauri and Uta 

Greve-Jensen (all Museum of Zoology, Bergen) 

for extensive help. 

I am also indebted to Erling Hauge, Finn E. 

Klausen (Bergen), Albert Lillehammer (Oslo), T. 

Meinertz (Copenhagen), 1. Martens (Mainz) and 

J. Gruber (Wien). 

I have also been assisted by Ragnhild & Kurt 

Birkelid, Jostein Stol, Anne K. & Per M. Ferkingstad, 

Oddmund Stava, Mai B. & Kare J. Stol 

and Gunnvor & Geir I. Brekka. 

Brown, D.G. & Sankey, J.H.P. 1949. The Harvestspider 

Nelima silvatica in Great Britain. Proc. 

zool, Soc. Lond. 114, 867-871. 

ElIingsen, E, 1894. Norske Opiliones. Lidt om deres 

geografiske utbrede1se. K. norske Vidensk. Selsk. 

Skr. 213-214, 

Fabricius, 1779. Reise nach NorweFJen mit Bemerkungen 

aus der Naturhistorie und Oekonomie. 

Hamburg. 

Gruber, J, & Martens J. 1968. Morphologie, Systematik 

und Okologie der Gattung Nemastoma. 

Senckenberg. bioi, 49, 137 -172, 

Hauge, E. 1972. Spiders and harvestmen from M0re • 

& Romsdal and Tr0nde1ag, Norway. Norsk ent. 

Tidsskr, 19,117-121. 

Heiniijoki, M. 1944. Die Opilioniden-fauna Finnlands. 

Acta zool. fenn. 42, 1-26, 

Henriksen, K.L. 1938. Opiliones and Chernetes. Zoology 

Iceland. 3, 1-9, 

Kauri, H. 1966. En kolleksjon av Araneae og Opiliones 

fra Sogn. Norsk ent, Tidsskr. 13, 394-395, 

- 1977. Mire invertebrate fauna at Eidskog, Norway. 

VII. Opiliones. Norw. J. ent, 24, 111-112. 

- 1980. Terrestrial invertebrates of the Faroe Is 

lands: Harvest-spiders (Opiliones). Fauna norv. 

Ser, B. 27, 72-75, 

Lid, J. 1974. Norsk og svensk flora , Det norske samlaget. 

Oslo. 

Lohmander, H. 1945. Arachnologische Fragmente. 

2. Dber die schwedischen Arten der Opilionengattung 

Oligolophus C.L. Koch. Goteborgs K. Vetensk. 

-0. Vitterh. Samh. Handl. 6.B.3.9, 15-30. 

Martens, 1. 1969, Mittel- 'und sudeuropiiische Arten 

der Gattung Nelima (Arachnida: Opiliones: Leiobunidae), 

Senckenberg. bioI. 50, 395-415. 

- 1978. Spinnentiere, Arachnida. Weberknechte, 

Opiliones, Tierwelt Dtl. 64, 464 pp, 

Mayr, E. 1975. Populations, species and evolution, 

Harvard University Press. Cambridge, Mass. 

Meinertz, T. 1962. Mosskorpioner og Mejere. Danm. 

Fauna, 67, 193 pp. 

- 1964. Der Jahreszyklus der diinischen Opilioni 

den. Vidensk. Meddr dansk naturh, Foren, 126, 

451-464.

0kland, F. 1939. En vesteuropeisk Opilionide Megabunus 

diadema (FabrJ Norsk ent. Tidsskr. 3, 

119-120. 

Roewer, C.F. 1923. Die Weberknechte der Erde. 

V.G. Fischer Verlag. lena. 

Sankey, 1.H.P. & Savory, T.H. 1974. British Harvestmen. 

Synopses Br. Fauna 4, 75 pp. 

Solem, 1.0. & Hauge, E. 1973. Aranea and Opiliones 

in Light Traps at MaIsj0en, S0r-Tmndelag. Norsk 

ent. Tidsskr. 20, 275-279. 

Starega, W. 1976. Opiliones. Kosarze. Fauna Poloniae. 

5, 196 pp. 

Storm, V. 1898. Iagttagelser over Arachnider i 

Trondhjems Omegn. K. norske Vidensk. Selsk. 

Skr. 7,3-10. 

Strand, A. 1943. Inndeling av Norge ill bruk ved faunistiske 


208-224. 

Strand, E. 1900. Zur Kenntniss der Arachniden Norwegens. 

K. norske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 2, 2-15. 

Stmm, H. 1765. Beskrivelse over ti norske insecter. 

Acta Hafniensia. 9,572-595. 

Tullgren, A. 1906. Svensk Spindel-fauna. Andra 

Ordningen. Lakespindlar. Phalangidea. Ent. 

Tidskr. 27, 206-213. 

Wunderlich,l. 1973. Zwei fUr Norwegen neue Spinnentiere 

Nemastoma bimaculatum und Theridion 

montanum. Senckenberg. bioi. 54, 177. 

Received 5. Nov. 1981. 

APPENDIX I F: 

List of the 32 localities in Southern Norway visited 

1976- 1977. The data show number and name oflocalities. 

geographical positions (province initials and 

UTM), biotope type, altitide, number of pitfall traps, 

trapping period, number of emptyings, other sampling 

methods and further locality notes. 

The localities are classified into 6 different biotope 

types based on the vegetation. These are given below. 

Names of plants are taken from Lid (J 974). 

Geographical positions of localities are shown in 

'Fig. I. 

Beach. Plants as Elymus arenarius L., Filipendula 

ulmaria (L.) Maxim., Atriplex latifolia 

Wahlenb., Plantago lanceolata L., Plantago maritima 

L., Potentilla anserina L., Holcus lanatus 

L., Galium aparine L. Soil loose, unorganic 

sand. Very scanty organic material. 

A: Coniferous wood. The vegetation often characterized 

by plants as Picea abies (L,j Karst.. Pinus 

sylvestris L., Athyrium fili«-femina (L.) Roth., 

Blechnum spicant (L.) Roth., Vaccinium vilisidaea 

L., Vdccinium myrtillus L., Calluna vulgaris 

(L.) Hull., moss. Soil often hard. Scanty organic 

dead material. 

B: Deciduous wood. Plants as Betula pubescens 

Ehrh., Corylus av.ellana L., Sorbus aucuparia 

L., Quercus robur L., Populus tremula L., Alnus 

incana (L.) Moench., Agrostis tenuis Sibth. Soil 

often loose. Much dead organic material. 

C: Grazing land. Plants as Agrostis tenuis, Festuca 

rubra L., Trifolium repens L., Cirsium palustre 

(L.) Scop., Potentilla erecta (L.) Rausch., Poa 

pratensis L., Poa annua L..Soil hard with gravel. 

Scanty dead organic material. 

D: Garden/Park. Plants often introduced and unnatural. 

Food- and berry-plants. Soil loose and 

treated, rich in dead organic material. 

E: Heather. Plants as Calluna vulgaris, Erica tetralix 

L., Arctostaphylos uva-ursi (L.) Spreng., Empetrum 

nigrum L., Molinia coerulea (L.) 

Moench., Salix aurita L., Potentilla erecta, Vaccinium 

vitis-idaea, moss. Soil often hard, humid 

and organic. Scanty dead organic material. 

Fig. 1. Map showing the geographical position of the 

localities visited 1976-1977. Numbered as in the locality 

list given in Appendix I. 

127

IUlCALITY 

LOCALITY 

NOTES 

I. Fantoft 

2. Jonas Ue Vei 

3. A1v~y 

4. Ava1dsnes 

HOy 

HOy 

Hoy 

Ay 

KM988949 

KM987991 

KM901969 

KL893858 

8 

0 

8 

C 

lOO 

50 

50 

20 

15-I! 

5-3 

ID 

3-2 

9 Oct 

30 Mar 

7 Oct 

2 

Hand 

5 km SDuth of Bar- 

gen .c.SW facing sl. 

2 km south of Bar 

5 Hand 

2 Aug gan C. Flat. 

I uct I 

19 Nov 

4 Sep 3 

9 Apr 

IO

Table I. Ecologicel notes.Meterial collectDd in a biotope. Abbreviations: P_primo. M-middle. ( )1_ 

Southern Norway 1976-1977. Several locelities in In the distribution area of N.lugubre investiget- 

Western Norway have been continuously investi - ions heve only teken pIece over 2 months. Further 

geted throughout one year. e - means found in comments ere given in discussion en~ Appendix I. 

SPECIES 

NUMBER CF MONTHS MAXIMUM ABUN TAKEN IN BIOTll"ES 

AVERAGE 

PRESENT (AOULTS) DANCE (AOULTS) A B C 0 E F MOST IN: 

• • 

• • 

• • • • • 

• • • • • 

• • 

• • • • 

1. Namastoma bimaculatum 12 P.Sept - M.Nov B 

2. Nemastoma lugubre (2)1 (M.Aug - P.Oct) B 

3. Phalangium opilio 4 P.Aug - M.Oct CO 

4. Magabunus diadema 3 P.May M.Jul A 

5. Rilaena triangularis 0 B 

6. Lophopilio palpinalis 5 M.Uct - p.Oes 

7. Oligolophus tridens 4 M.Sep - M.Nov B 

8. OligOlophus hanseni 4 P.Oct P.Oes 

9. Paroligolophus agrestis 5 M.Nov - P. Jan 

IO.Lacinius ephippiatus 4 P.Jul - M.Sept B 

II.Mitopus morio 4 P.Sept - M.Oct B 

12. Leiobunum rotundum 2 P.Aug - M.Sept B 0 

13. Leiobunum rupestre 4 M.Sept - M.Dct B 

14. Nelima gothica 3 P.Sept - P.Nov 80 

Tabla 2. Morphological variation. Only a short sum given. • - means found in a species. Comments 

mary of the most conapicuous ones found in the mat 

erial from Southern Norway samplad 1976-1977 are 

are given in discussion. 

E 

0 

C 0 

SPECIES 

I. Nemaetoma bimaculatum 

2. NBmaetoma lugubre 

3. Phalangium opilio 

4. Megabunus diadema 

5. R1laena triangularis 

6. Lophopilio palpinal1s 

7. Oligolophus tridens 

8. Oligolophus hanseni 

9. Paroligolophus agrestis 

IO.~cinius ephippiatus 

II.llitopus morio 

I2.Leiobunum rotundum 

I3.Leiobunum rupestre 

I4.Nalima gothice 

{ 

NlAIBER 

OF 

AOULTS/JUVEN. 

NONGENETIC 

VARIATION 

GENETIC 

VARIATION 

AGE HABITAT ALLOMETRIC SEX 

• 

62/5 

48/5 

• • • 

8/3 

o/v 

• 

• • 

39/0 

• •• • • 

29/27 

• 

580/25 

1009/42 

• 

3913/203 

705/49 

280/92 

319/154 

24/9 

• 

55/16 

CONTINu:JL5 IIUTATION

APPENDIX 11 

Maps showing the distribution of Opiliones in Norway 

follow. Number indicates sequence in the text of 

a species. O. parietinus has got no number. Open 

circles mean unchecked material - published or 

museum material. Some records were situated on the 

border between two squares. Then the most probably 

correct one has been chosen. 

ADDENDUM 

The 15th Opiliones-species has lately been reported 

from Norway. This is Trogulus tricarinatus (L., 

1767), Trogulidae, from Southern Norway. (Solh0Y, 

T. 1982. Fauna norv. Ser. B. 29. 48). 

2.NEMASTOMA 

LUGUBAE 

130 

I. NEIlA5TCIIA BIlII\CU.Alla 3.PHALANGIUIot OPIUO

4.MEGABUNUS 

DIAOEMA 

5. RIL.'IiHA TRIAN9I.I.ARI8 

6. LOPHOPILIO PALFlNALIS 

131

~£l 

SI1S3ij~ SnHd010SIlOijVd'S 

9N8DIijl snHdOlDSI10" 

IN3SNVH snHd010SI10'S

IO.L.A&INIL6 

EPHIPPIATla 

II.MITOPU6 

MOAIO 

133

~ 

~ 

~ 12.LE.loa~1M ROT~O\ll 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 

~ 13.LE.I06UNUIA Rlf'£STRE 

~ 

~ 

134 

~ 

~ 

14.NEu:1IA GOT1"\lCA

( Short communiCatiOns) 

THE FUNGIVOROUS MOTH SCARDIA 

POLYPORI (ESPER) (LEPIDOPTERA, 

TINEIDAE) NEW TO NORWAY 

LEIF AARVIK & FRED MIDTGAARD 

The moth Scardia polypori (Esper) is recorded new to 

Norway. Several specimens were reared from the 

fungus Fomesfomentarius (L. ex Fr.) Kickx. growing 

on birch logs at Noresund in Buskerud. Remarks on 

distribution and a brief diagnosis of the species are given. 

Leif Aarvik, Tarnveien 6, N-1430 As, Norway. Fred 

Midtgaard, Norwegian Forest Research Institute, 

p.a. Box 61, N-1432 As-NLH, Norway. 

Members of the family Tineidae feed on different 

kinds of dead matter like wool, feather, fur, 

and rotting wood. However, many species of 

the subfamilies Scardiinae and Nemapogoninae 

have specialized in feeding on fungi. 

One of the most striking fungivorous tineids is 

Scardia polypori (Esper) which is herewith reported 

new to Norway. 

Fungi containing larvae of S. polypori were 

collected from birch logs at Noresund, Kf0dsherad, 

B0 (EIS 35) on 21.11.1981. The logs which 

measured 20-60 cm. in diameter were heavily 

• infested with the fungus Fomes fomentarius (L. 

ex. Fr.) Kickx. 

The green larvae of S. polypori were not only 

utilizing the fungi, but were.also seen feeding on 

the rotting wood. During 1981 4 d d and 

2 9 9 were rellred. Several specimens of A rchinemapogon 

laterellus (Thunberg) which is anot 

• her fungivorous tineid also emerged. In addition 

the beetle Bolitophagus reticulatus (L.) was reared 

from the fungi. 

S. polypori is the largest representative of the 

Tineidae in our fauna. The expanse of our specimens 

is 43-46 mm. Its size and characteristic 

wing pattern makes S. polypori an unmistakable 

species. The forewings are blackish brown except 

along dorsum and termen where the ground 

colour is pale yellow with small dark markings. 

S. polypori occurs in Sweden and Finland but 

is absent from Denmark. In Sweden it has been 

recorded from nine provinces from Skilne north 

Fig. I. Scardia polypori from Noresund. 

to Halsingland (Benander 1946, Svensson 1976, 

1977, 1981), and in Finland from ten provinces 

ranging from the south coast to the provinces 

Savonia borealis and Karelia borealis (Kyrki 

1978, 1979). Otherwise S. polypori has been found 

in central Europe including Bavaria, Hungary, 

Austria, and the USSR. In central Europe it 

is a mountain species (Hannemann 1977). 


We would like to than Mr. Tor Gulliksen for taking 

the photograph. 

REFERENCES 

Benander, P. 1946. Forteckning over Sveriges smafjarilar 

Catalogus Insectorum Sueciae. VI. Microlepidoptera. 

Opusc. ent. I I, 1-82. 

Hannemann, HJ. 1977. K1einschmetterlinge oder 

Microlepidoptera Ill. Federmotten (Pterophoridae), 

Gespinstmotten (Yponomeutidae), Echte 

Motten (Tineidae). Tierw. Dtl. 63. 275 pp. 

Kyrki, J. 1978. Suomen pikkuperhosten levinneisyys. 

I. Notul. ent. 58, 37-67. 

Kyrki, J. 1979. Suomen pikkuperhosten levinneisyys. 

11. Notul. ent. 59, 125-131. 

Svensson, I. 1976. Anmiirkningsviirda fynd av Microlepidoptera 

i Sverige 1975. Ent. Tidskr.. 97, 

124-134. 

Svensson, I. 1977. Anmiirkningsvarda fynd av Microlepidoptera 


37-43. 

Svensson, I. 1981. Anmiirkningsviirda fynd av Microlepidoptera 


83-97. 

Received 2 Apr. 1982. 

Fauna norv. Ser. B 29.. 135. Oslo 1982. 135

ERRATUM 

The fauna of predatory bugs (Heteroptera, Miridae 

and Anthocoridae) in Norwegian apple orchards. 

Fauna norv. Ser. B 27,3-8. 1980. 

Marit Presthegge Austreng & Lauritz S0mme. 

In the paper referred to above we published a .Jist of 

species including Anthocoris butleri LeQuesne and A. 

( Book reviews ) 

Turin, H. 1981. Provisional checklist of the European 

ground-beetles (Coleoptera, Cicindelidae & Carabidae). 

Monographieen van de Nederiandse Entomologische 

Vereniging No. 9, 249 pp. Price: Dutch 

Guilders 60, - (Can be obtained from Ned. Ent. 

Ver., Plantage Middenlaan 64, IQI8 DH Amsterdam, 

Nederland). 

136 

visci Douglas. Later Dr. c.-c. Coulianos. The University 

of Stockholm, has kindly checked the material, 

and conclude that our identification was wrong. 

The two species should still be considered as unknown 

to the Norwegian fauna. The erroneous identification 

is the responsibility of the authors, not of colleagues 

acknowledged in the original paper. 

The main part of this extensive work on the distribution 

of European ground-beetles is a list of 

more than 2500 alphabetically ordered species 

within systematically arranged genera. For each 

species the geographical distribution is given for 

20 European regions (that may overlap). The 

data have been compiled from the most recent 

treatments of the faunas in each region. Fennoscandia 

is treated as one region. In addition 

Sweden and Denmark are treated as two separate 

regions. For Fennoscandia the data is taken 

from CH. Lindroths «Die Fennoscandischen 

Carabidre» and «Catalogus Coleopterorum Fennoscandiae 

et Daniae» with corrections in 1970 

by A. Strand. (Later corrections could not be taken 

into account). Unfortunately this makes it 

impossible to say if a species is found in Norway, 

only if it is found in Fennoscandia. Two 

indices containing all generic, specific and subspecific 

names (including commonly used synonyms) 

makes it easy to find ones way to the 

wanted name. I presume this list will be of great 

help for everyone interested in which groundbeetle 

to find where, whether it is from a purely 

scientific or a collectors point of view. 

A table with the numbers of species for each • 

of the 199 genera which occur ill the respective 

regions (plus North America) gives an interesting 

comparison between faunas. Here you 

might for instance find that Italy holds 76 Trechl{s-species! 

You will find a lot of additional interesting in-. 

formation in this book, as for instance an extensive 

list of valuable catalogues, atlases and 

checklists for each region, and references to 

where species and geI'eca are described for the 

first time. I will recommend this book to everyone 

interested in European ground-beetles. 

Arild Andersen 

Lange, R. H. & 1. Blodorn, 1981. 

Das elektronen mikroskop TEM + REM. Leitfa 

den fUr Biologen und Mediziner. (in German), 

G. Thieme, Stuttgart. 327 pp. DM. 28.80 

(F1exibles Taschenbuch) ISBN 3 13 597001 9. 

The authors state that their book treats the instrumental 

technique more thoroughly than the 

preparation techniques, and this is certainly 

true. About 90 % of the text is concerned with 

the prinsiples of instrumental construction and 

operation. 

Introductory chapters on vacum-technology, 

electron emission, interaction between electron 

beam and matter and electron lenses provide a 

very useful background knowledge often missed 

by biologists. The transmission and scanning 

electron microscopes and their constituent parts 

are then described in detail, as are the most important 

steps in the operation of their electron 

optics and detector systems. Detailed accounts 

on electron diffraction in general, on the assembly 

of asymetrical biological building blocks 

and on the quantitative evalution of various 

samples are also presented. Brief summaries of 

specimen preparation techniques for TEM and 

SEM and a survey of electron microscopic literature 

complete the book. 

It is my opinion that most biologists, even 

those with long practise in electron microscopy, 

will find many valuable informations in most 

chapters of this book, information which in 

many cases will enable them to get better results 

of their instruments. 

Tow minor drawbacks should not alter this 

overall positive impression of the book; I find no 

justification for almost twenty pages of mainly 

technical specifications of partly outdated commercial 

TEM-models in a book like this and I 

find the German text at places to be unnecessarily 

heavy and difficult to understand. 

Per R. Flood 

Assoc.prof of anatomy 

Fauna narY. Ser. B 29 .. 136. Oslo 1982.

GUIDE TO AUTHORS. 

FAUNA NORVEGICA Ser. B. publishes papers in 

English. occasionally in Norwegian and German 

with an extensive English abstract. When preparing 

manuscripts for submission, authors should consult 

current copies of Fauna norvegica and follow its 

style as closely as possible. Manuscripts not conferring 

to the guide to authors will be returned for revision. 

Manuscripts should be submitted to one of the members 

of the editorial committee or directly to the Editor-in-Chief 

Send two copies. They must be typewritten. 

double spaced throughout, on one side of the 

paper, and with wide margins, 5-6 cm on the left. Separate 

sheets should be used for the following: 1.1 

Title page, with author's name. 2) An abstract, with 

the name and full postal address of the author underneath. 

3) Tables with their headings. 4) Legends to figures. 

Dates should be referred to as 10-20 Aug. 1970. 

Only Latin names should be underlined. Other 

underlinings should be left to the editor. Approximate 

position of figures and tables in the text should 

be indicated in the margin. All acknowledgements 

should be given under a single heading at the end of 

the text. but before the references. 

Figures and Tables. Send two copies. All illustrations 

should be identified lightly with the author's 

name and the figure number. The figures and tables 

should be constructed in proportion to either the enti 

re width of the typed area (\ 40 mm) or to the column 

width (67 mm). 

Nomenclature. The first time a binomen is used in 

the text the name of its author should be included. 

Author names should be written in full except L. for 

Linneaus. Dates can be included when considered 

necessary. ie. Ryacophila nubila (Zetterstedt, 1840). 

References. In the text: Black (1979), Black & Blue 

(1973: I00), or «as noted by Green (1978) and Black 

(I 979h>. MUltiple references should be given in chronological 

order, Le. (Black & Blue, 1973, Green 1976, 

1979, Black 1978). 

List of references are to be unnumbered and in international 

alphabetical order G.e. A= AA, lE and 

A=Ae, " and 6 =Oe). Titles of journals should be 

abbreviated according to the World List of Scientific 

Periodicals. Do not refer to papers

Content 

FauDa DOrv. Set. B. VOl. 29, No. Z. 

Andersen, A. Carabidae and Staphylinidae (Col.) in swede and cauliflower fields in south-eastern 

Norway......................................................................... 

Andersen, J. Contribution to the knowledge ofthe distribution, habitat selection and life-history ofthe 

riparian beetles in Norway. 

Wiig, 0. Contribution to the knowledge of the Norwegian fauna ofOphioninae (Hym., 

Ichneumonidae). .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Yalden, P.E. The effect oflatitude on colony size in Bombus monticola Smith and B. lapponicus 

(Fabricius)(Hym., Apidae). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Hanssen, O. & H. Olsvik. Nye funn av Coleoptera fra Mere og Romsdal. (New records ofColeoptera 

from M0re and Romsdal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Andersen, T., A. FjeldsA & A. M0rch (t). Lepidoptera from Sigdal and adjacent districts, western 

Buskerud, Norway. Ill. Ditrysia(continued). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Andersen, T. Some studies on Macrolepidoptera in coastal heathland habitats in Western Norway. . . . . 

Austara, 0. Survey ofthe Pine Beauty Moth Panolisflammea in Norway in 1980 and 1980 using traPs 

with synthetic pheromone analogues .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Rognes, K. A small collection ofcalypterate Diptera (Tachinidae Sarcophagidae, Calliphoridae, 

Muscidae)from the Dovre mountains, Southern Norway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Halvorsen, G.A., E. Willassen & O.A. &ether. Chironomidae (Dipt.) from Ekse, Western Norway. . . . . 

Stol, I. On the Norwegian harvestmen (Opiliones). Contribution to ecology, mOrPhological variation 

and distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

49 

62 

69 

72 

74 

78 

85 

105 

II 0 

115 

122 

Short eommuDicatioDS 

Aarvik, L. & F. Midtgaard. The fungivorous moth Scardia polyporl (Esper) (Lepidoptera, Tineidae) new 

to orway....................................................................... 135 

Erratum 

Austreng, M.P. & L. S0mme. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 

Book reviews 

Andersen, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Flood, P.R. . . . .. . .. .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 

136 

136 

, TU alle som melder adresseforandring eller innsender kontingent: 

Ikke gi ufullstendige data som: «Adresseforandring tit Fauna norvegica». 

Vi mi vite hvilken serie det gjelder. 

Ved kODtiDIentlDDIJetaliDI: Spesiftser hvUken serie OK hvUket ArstaII (Ir 

lang) det lIelder.

o .eg an Jo of En1tomol0lD' - Norsk entomologisk forening

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?